John 12:3 — Word Study

Greek	English	Parsing
ἡ	<the>	Article, nominative, singular
οὖν	Therefore	Conjunction
Μαριὰμ	Mary	Noun, nominative, singular
λαβοῦσα	having taken	Verb, second aorist, active
λίτραν	a litra	Noun, accusative, singular
μύρου	of fragrant oil	Noun, genitive, singular
νάρδου	of nard	Noun, genitive, singular
πιστικῆς	pure	Adjective, genitive, singular
πολυτίμου	of great price	Adjective, genitive, singular
ἤλειψεν	anointed	Verb, aorist, active
τοὺς	the	Article, accusative, plural
πόδας	feet	Noun, accusative, plural
τοῦ	<the>	Article, genitive, singular
Ἰησοῦ	of Jesus	Noun, genitive, singular
καὶ	and	Conjunction
ἐξέμαξεν	wiped	Verb, aorist, active
ταῖς	with the	Article, dative, plural
θριξὶν	hair	Noun, dative, plural
αὐτῆς	of her	Personal pronoun, genitive, singular
τοὺς	the	Article, accusative, plural
πόδας	feet	Noun, accusative, plural
αὐτοῦ·	of Him;	Personal pronoun, genitive, singular
ἡ	the	Article, nominative, singular
δὲ	now	Conjunction
οἰκία	house	Noun, nominative, singular
ἐπληρώθη	was filled	Verb, aorist, passive
ἐκ	with	Preposition
τῆς	the	Article, genitive, singular
ὀσμῆς	fragrance	Noun, genitive, singular
τοῦ	of the	Article, genitive, singular
μύρου.	oil.	Noun, genitive, singular

	Reference	Text (BSB)
1	John 11:2–28	(Mary, whose brother Lazarus was sick, was to anoint the Lord with perfume and wipe His feet with her hair.)
2	Matthew 26:6–7	While Jesus was in Bethany in the home of Simon the Leper,
3	Mark 14:3–9	While Jesus was in Bethany reclining at the table in the home of Simon the Leper, a woman came with an alabaster jar of expensive perfume, made of pure nard. She broke open the jar and poured it on Jesus’ head.
4	Luke 10:38–39	As they traveled along, Jesus entered a village where a woman named Martha welcomed Him into her home.
5	Psalm 132:2	how he swore an oath to the LORD, and vowed to the Mighty One of Jacob:

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

ἡho <the> G3588 Article · nominative · singular · feminine ¶

19,783× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

about as common in John as anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

The Greek word for 'the' or 'this', used to point out a specific person or thing, like in Acts 17:28. It can also mean 'he', 'she', or 'it'.

Tyndale gloss

the/this/who

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The definite article — the commonest word in the Greek New Testament at 19,867 occurrences. Greek uses it more freely than English does and can drop it deliberately, so its presence and its absence both carry weight for a translator; but no single occurrence carries a message of its own. Here it simply gathers “the things” into one definite bundle.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὁ, ἡ, τό,

the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article.

As demonstr. pron.

As freq. in Hom., absol., he (she, it), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus).

Distributive, ὁ μὲν . . . ὁ δέ, the one . . . the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν . . . ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀ . . . ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23.

Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὁ 435 ὁ tives of quantity, ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς, see each in its own place. d. What has been said concerning adjectives holds true also of all other limitations added to substantives, as ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro. ix. 11; ἡ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, Ro. xi. 27; 6 λόγος 6 τοῦ σταυροῦ, 1 Co. i. 18; ἡ εἰς Χριστὸν πίστις, Col. ii. 5; on the other hand, ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 1 Th. i. 8; τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους, 2 Co. viii. 4; see many other exx. of each usage in W. 131 (124) sqq.; [B. 91 (80) sqq.]. e. The noun has the article before it when a demonstrative pronoun (υὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging to it either precedes or follows [W. § 18, 4; B. § 127, 29-31]; as, ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, Jn. ix. 24 [οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρ. 1, Tr mrg. WH); Acts vi. 13; xxii. 26; ὁ λαὸς οὗτος, Mt. xv. 8; 6 vids σου οὗτος, Lk. xv. 30; plur. Lk. xxiv. 17, and numberless other exx.; οὗτος 6 ἄνθρωπος, Lk. xiv. 30; οὗτος ὁ…

Read the full entry →

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὃ, ἡ τό. (1) Apart from connexion with μέν or δέ (see below) the demonstrative use of the art. in the NT is confined to a poetical quotation Ac 1778, but it is not uncommon in the papyri, e.g. P Par 45® (B.C. 153) (= Witkowski®, p. 85) τὰ (for ἃ) πράσεις (Δ πράσσεις), P Oxy VIII. 1160! (iii/iv A.D.) Ta (for ἃ) σεσύλληχα (for συνείληχα) δὲ κέρμα {ταν τηρῶ αὐτὰ εἰς τὴν δίκην, “1 am keeping for the trial the money that I have collected” (Ed.). For the distributive Opéev.. - 6 8€, as in 1 Cor7’, cf. P Lond 535 (B.c. 161) (=I. p. 19, U.P.Z. i. p. 239) kal τὰ μὲν ἡμῶν ἐληφότων εἰς τὴν γινομένην ἡμῖν συντάξειν, τὰ δ᾽ ἔτι διὰ τὴν τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων {(.. ... > παρελκομένων. (2) The use of the art. as a relative, of which there is no trace in the NT, may again be illustrated by the following papyrus citations from ¢c. A.D. 346—P Lond 414® (= II. Ῥ. 292) γεινῴσκιν oe θέλω περὶ τοῦ βρεουίου…

Read the full entry →

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὁ (ho) — the/this/who.

ὁ,

ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

__A demonstrative Pronoun.

__B in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article.

__C in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive…

Read the full entry →

Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὁ ἡ τό

ho

he hay, and the neuter

to to

in all their inflections; the definite article; the (sometimes to be

supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one,

he, she, it, etc.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὁ, ἡ, τό

Article

the

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὁ ho 19x

the prepositive article, answering, to a considerable extent, to the English definite article; but, for the principle and facts of its usage, consult a grammar; ὁ μὲν ... ὁ δέ, the one ... the other, Phil. 1:16, 17; Heb. 7:5, 6, 20, 21, 23, 24; pl. some ... others, Mt. 13:23; 22:5, 6; ὁ δέ, but he, Mt. 4:4; 12:48; οἱ δέ, but others, Mt. 28:17; used, in a poetic quotation, for a personal pronoun, Acts 17:28

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὁ the, that

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is

demonstr. Pronoun.

the definite Article.

in epic, the relative Pronoun, when it is written with the accent ὅ, ἥ, τό ῀ ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. Besides the common forms, note epic gen. sg. τοῖο for τοῦ; pl. nom. τοί, ταί; gen. fem. τάων [α^], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι; dual gen, and dat. τοῖιν:— in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν . . , τοὶ δέ . . , for οἱ μέν . . , οἱ δέ . . ; dat. pl. also τοῖσι, ταῖσι: the dual has commonly but one gender, τώ for τά, τοῖν for ταῖν.

DEMONSTR. PRONOUN:

joined with a Subst., not as the Art., but like Lat. ille, ὁ Τυδείδης Tydeus's famous son, Il.; Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων Nestor— that aged man, id. Il.; τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, id. Il.

Read the full entry →

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Art-NSF — Article · nominative · singular · feminine
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked singular feminine.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

T-NSF Part of Speech: definite arTicle Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Feminine

English usagewhat the translators’ English meant

Webster's Dictionary (1828), Webster's Unabridged (1913), Webster's Dictionary (1806)

THE, an adjective or definitive adjective.

1. This adjective is used as a definitive, that is, before nouns which are specific or understood; or it is used to limit their signification to a specific thing or things, or to describe them; as the laws of the twelve tables. the independent tribunals of justice in our country, are the security or private rights, and the best bulwark against arbitrary power. the sun is the source of light and heat.

This he calls the preaching of the cross.

2. the is also used rhetorically before a noun in the singular number, to denote a species by way of distinction; a single thing representing the whole. the fig tree putteth forth her green figs; the almond tree shall flourish; the grasshopper shall be a burden.

3. In poetry, the sometimes loses the final vowel before another vowel.

Th' adorning thee with so much art,

Is but a barb'rous skill.

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

64%the

the64% · 13160×<the>28% · 5846×those3% · 597×other renderings4% · 788×other renderings1% · 294×

20,685 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 83 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

subject34%adverbial32%object24%predicate5%indirect object4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 19,783 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

καίand, even, also, nam

αὐτόςεἰμίI am, existἐγώ

ἐν

καίand, even, also,αὐτόςὁArticle the

εἰς

αὐτόςεἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inἔρχομαιI come, go

αὐτός

λέγωI say, speakδέbut, on the otheπρός

εἰμίI am, exist

οὗτοςσύἐγώ

ὁ<the>19783×

what comes after →

θεόςGod, a god

ὁArticle theκαίand, even, also,ἐγώ

δέbut, on the other ha

λέγωI say, speakἸησοῦςJesusἀποκρίνομαιI answer, reply

ἸησοῦςJesus

λέγωI say, speakκαίand, even, also,ὁArticle the

κύριοςlord, Lord, master,

ἐγώἸησοῦςJesusὁArticle the

πατήρfather, Father, ance

ἐγώσύαὐτός

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceὁ · 19,783× in the New Testament

Matthew Acts Luke John Revelation Mark Romans 1 Corinthians Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

40 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century

Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas

Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. BC 6th c. AD

P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος Νεχούτου.

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

οὖνoun Therefore G3767 Conjunction ¶

496× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

commoner in John than anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

This word means therefore or then, showing a consequence. It appears in Matthew 3:10 and Romans 5:9 to connect ideas and events.

Tyndale gloss

therefore/then

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word οὖν (oun) is a particle used to express consequence, sequence, or to resume a narrative. It translates to 'therefore,' 'then,' or 'accordingly,' and appears frequently in the New Testament, such as in Matthew 3:10 and Romans 5:9. It can also serve in exhortations and questions, indicating what follows logically from previous statements.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

οὖν,

particle expressing consequence or simple sequence (never standing first in a sentence),

wherefore, therefore, then: Mt 3:10, Lk 3:9, Jo 8:38, Ac 1:21, Ro 5:9, al.; in exhortations, Mt 3:8, Lk 11:35, Ac 3:19, Ro 6:12, al.; in questions, Mt 13:28, Mk 15:12, Jo 8:[5], Ro 6:1, al.; continuing a…

Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

οὖν ἃ conj. indicating that something follows from another necessarily; [al. regard the primary force of the particle as confirmatory or continuative, rather than illative; cf. Passow, or L.andS.s. v.; Kiihner § 508, 1 ii. p- 707 sqq.; Biiumlein p. 173 sqq.; Kriiger § 69, 52; Donaldson p. 571; Rost in a program “ Ueber Ableitung ” u.s.w. p.2; Klotz p. 717; Hartung ii. 4]. Hence it is used in drawing a conclusion and in connecting sentences together logically, then, therefore, accordingly, consequently, these things being so, [ (Klotz, Rost, al., have wished to derive the word fr. the neut. ptep. ὄν (cf. ὄντως) ; but see Baumlein or Kiihner u.s.); ef. W. § 53, 8]: Mt. iii. 10; x. 32 (since persecutions are not to be dreaded, and consequently furnish no excuse for denying me [οἵ. W. 455 (424)]); Mt. xviii. 4; Lk. iii.9; xvi. 27; In. viii. 38 (καὶ ὑμεῖς οὖν, and ye accordingly, i. e.…

Read the full entry →

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

οὖν. This common particle, which occurs in the NT nearly 500 times, is used in our sources in a variety of connexions, the exact shade of meaning being determined by the context. (1) For the causal meaning ‘‘therefore” we may cite BGU II. 423" (ii/aA.p.) (= Sevectzons, p. 91) Kal καλῶς pol ἐστιν. ἐρωτῶ ce οὖν, κύριέ pou πατήρ, γράψον μοι ἐπιστόλιον πρῶτον μὲν περὶ τῆς σωτηρίας σου... , “it is well with me. I beg you, therefore, my lord father, write me a letter, first regarding your health ... ,” and P Oxy XIV. 16651 (iii/A.D.), where a son in urgent need of oil writes to his father—dvayxalws οὖν, ἐὰν ἔτι παρὰ σεαυτῷ χρ[ἴ]ον ἔχῃς, δήλωσον ἢ τῷ vie σου ἢ ᾧ ἐὰν σὺ βούλῃ τούτους μοι ἐν τάχει παρα[σ]χεῖν, ‘perforce, therefore, if you have still with you any unguent, instruct your son or any one else you wish to supply me with them speedily ” (Edd.). (2) Οὖν is very common in a looser…

Read the full entry →

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

οὖν (oun) — therefore/then.

οὖν,

Ionic dialect and Doric dialect ὦν (the latter in [Refs 8th c.BC+], adverb certainly, in fact, confirming something, frequently in contrast with something which is not confirmed, in [Refs 8th c.BC+] only in combination with γε (see. γοῦν), γάρ, οὔτε or μήτε, ὡς, ἐπεί, μέν, etc.:

1. really, φημὶ γὰρ οὖν κατανεῦσαι.. Κρονίωνα for I declare that Zeus did really promise.., [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τόφρα γὰρ οὖν ἑπόμεσθα.., ὄφρ᾽ for we followed them up to the very point, where.., [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐλέχθησαν λόγοι ἄπιστοι μὲν ἐνίοισι Ἑλλήνων, ἐλέχθησαν δ᾽ ὦν but they really were spoken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Θηβαῖοι μὲν ταῦτα λέγουσι.., Πλαταιῆς δ᾽ οὐχ ὁμολογοῦσι.., ἐκ δ᾽ οὖν τῆς γῆς ἀνεχώρησαν at all events they did return, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so δ᾽ οὖν after a parenthesis; εἰ δή τις ὑμῶν οὕτως ἔχει,—οὐκ ἀξιῶ μὲν γὰρ ἔγωγε,—εἰ…

Read the full entry →

Strong's Greek Dictionary

οὖν

oun

apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or

(conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so

(likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

οὖν

Cj.

therefore, then

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

οὖν oun 499x

then, now then, Mt. 13:18; Jn. 19:29; then, thereupon, Lk. 15:28; Jn. 6:14; therefore, consequently, Mt. 5:48: Mk. 10:9; it also serves to mark the resumption of discourse after an interruption by a parenthesis, 1 Cor. 8:4. Sometimes it is not translated.

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

οὖν really, at all events, used like γοῦν to dismiss a perplexing subject, οὔτ᾽ οὖν ἀγγελίῃς ἔτι πείθομαι, οὔτε θεοπροπίης ἐμπάζομαι Od.; ἐλέχθησαν λόγοι ἄπιστοι μὲν ἐνίοισι Ἑλλήνων, ἐλέχθησαν δ᾽ ὦν but they really were spoken, Hdt.; εἴτ᾽ οὖν, εἴτε μὴ γενήσεται whether it shall be really so, or no, Eur.; εἴτ᾽ οὖν ἀληθὲς εἴτ᾽ οὖν ψεῦδος Plat.; εἰ δ᾽ ἔστιν, ὥσπερ οὖν ἔστι, θεός if he is, as he surely is, a god, id. Plat.

added to indef. Pronouns and Advs., like Lat. cunque, ὅστις whoever, ὁστισοῦν whosoever; ὅπως how, ὁπωσοῦν howsoever; ἄλλος ὁστισοὖν another, be he who he may; so, ὁποιοσοῦν, ὁποσοσοῦν, ὁπωσοῦν, ὁποθενοῦν…

Read the full entry →

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Conj — Conjunction
conjunction — it joins clauses, and never changes form.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

CONJ CONJunction or conjunctive particle

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

79%therefore

therefore79% · 428×then19% · 104×other renderings1% · 7×

539 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 5 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 496 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

λέγωI say, speak

διακονέωI wait at table,ἔχωI have, hold, poΣατανᾶςan adversary, Sa

μένDisj

ὁArticle theεἰCondπολύςmuch, many, ofte

τίςIrg

αὐτόςλέγωI say, speakδιά

ὁArticle the

ἸακώβPropὕδωρwater

σύ

καίand, even, also,δεῖit is necessary,ἐρωτάωI ask, question,

οὖνTherefore496×

what comes after →

ὁArticle the

ἸησοῦςJesusἸουδαῖοςJewishμαθητήςa learner, disci

αὐτός

ὁArticle theτίςIrgἸησοῦςJesus

καίand, even, also, nam

νίπτωI washἕτεροςanother, differeὁράωI see, look upon

εἰμίI am, exist

ὁArticle theσύοὗτος

σύ

πονηρόςevil, bad, wickeτέλειοςperfect, full-grἨλίαςElijah

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceοὖν · 496× in the New Testament

John Acts Matthew Romans Luke 1 Corinthians Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 Peter Galatians Philippians

Every reference is on the Strong's page.

Across the New Testament23 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance

τίςIrg×μένDisj×πάλινagain, further, on the other hand×ἄραDisj×πῶς×ΠιλᾶτοςPilate×ὅτεwhen×εἶπονI say, speak×

The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

עַתָּ֫העָ֑֫תָּה of time, now32%H6258 · 36 verses נָאI (we) pray, now (enclitic)14%H4994 · 16 verses

Counted over the 110 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century

Philo of Alexandria Josephus The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas

Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 4c. AD 40

τὸ μὲν οὖν κάλλος τῶν νοημάτων τῆς κοσμοποιίας οὐδεὶς οὔτε ποιητὴς οὔτε λογογράφος ἀξίως ἂν ὑμνῆσαι δύναιτο·

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.6c. AD 75–95

ἤδη μὲν οὖν καὶ πρότερον διενοήθην, ὅτε τὸν πόλεμον συνέγραφον, δηλῶσαι τίνες ὄντες ἐξ ἀρχῆς Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ τίσι χρησάμενοι τύχαις ὑφʼ οἵῳ τε παιδευθέντες νομοθέτῃ τὰ πρὸς εὐσέβειαν καὶ τὴν ἄλλην ἄσκησιν ἀρετῆς πόσους τε πολέμους ἐν μακροῖς…

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.4c. AD 100

πεπεισμένος οὖν τοῦτο καὶ συνειδὼς ἐμαυτῷ, ὅτι ἐν ὑμῖν λαλήσας πολλὰ ἐπίσταμαι, ὅτι ἐμοὶ συνώδευσεν ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης κύριος, καὶ πάντως ἀναγκάζομαι κἀγὼ εἰς τοῦτο, ἀγαπᾶν ὑμᾶς ὑπὲρ τὴν ψυχήν μου, ὅτι μεγάλη πίστις καὶ ἀγάπη ἐγκατοικεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν ἐπ’…

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

3rd c. BC 2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 4th c. AD 2nd c. BC

P.Grenf. 2 23Latopolites109 BC

χαίρειν. τοῦ παρʼ Ἑρμώνακτος τῶν ὁμοτίμων τοῖς συγγενέσι καὶ ὑποδιοικητοῦ χρηματισμοῦ ἀντίγραφον ὑπόκειται. κατακολουθήσας οὖν τοῖς διʼ αὐτοῦ σημαινομένοις χρημάτισον ἀπὸ τῆς ἐν Παθύρει τραπέζης, συνυπογράφοντος Φίβιος τοῦ…

P.Grenf. 1 30Pathyris104 BC

δὲ καὶ αὐτοί. μεταλαβόντες τοὺς συντετελεσμένους πρὸς τοὺς ἀσεβεῖς Ἑρμωνθίτας ἀγῶνας μεγάλως ἐχάρημεν. ἐπεὶ οὖν προκεχειρίκαμεν προστάτην τοῦ μεγίστου θεοῦ Νεχθφαραῦτος βεα … ρων … δια … στρατιωτῶν

Chrest.Wilck. 12Pathyris89 BC

ἐπιβεβληκέναι εἰς Μέμφιν, Ἱέρακα δὲ προκεχειρίσθαι μετὰ δυνάμεων μυρίων ἐπὶ καταστολὴν τῆς Θηβαίδος. ὅπως οὖν εἰδότες εὐθαρσεῖς ὑπάρχητε ἐκρίναμεν σημῆναι. ἔρρωσθε ἔτους λ Φαῶφι ιθ

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

ΜαριὰμMaria Mary G3137 Noun · nominative · singular · feminine ¶

54× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

commoner in John than anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

Mary was Jesus' mother, appearing in Matthew and Luke. She is also the name of other women in the New Testament, like Mary Magdalene and the sister of Martha.

Amplified meaning

the sister of Martha and Lazarus

Tyndale gloss

Mary

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word Μαρία (transliterated as Maria) is a feminine proper noun meaning Mary. It refers to several notable figures in the New Testament, including the mother of Jesus, Mary Magdalene, and others. The entries consistently identify her as a significant character in various contexts, with specific references to her in multiple verses such as Matthew 1:16 and John 19:25.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

Μαρία, -ας (Hellenized form), and Μαριάμ, indecl., ἡ (Aram. מַרְיָם; Heb. (MT) מִרְיָם),

Mary. In NT;

the mother of Jesus: Mt 1:16 ff. 2:11 13:55, Mk 6:3, Lk 1:27 ff. 2:5, 16, 19, 34, Ac 1:14.

M. Magdalene (q.v.).

The wife of Clopas (Jo 19:25) and mother of James the little, and Joses: Mt 27:56, 61 28:1, Mk 15:40, 47 16:1, Lk 24:10.

The sister of Martha and Lazarus: Lk 10:39, 42, Jo 11:1, 2, 19 ff. 12:3.

Read the full entry →

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

Μαρία (Maria) — Mary.

Μαρία, -ας (Hellenized form), and Μαριάμ, indecl., ἡ (Aram. מַרְיָם; Heb. (MT) מִרְיָם)

Mary. In NT;

1. the mother of Jesus: Mat.1:16 ff. Mat.2:11 13:55, Mrk.6:3, Luk.1:27 ff. Luk.2:5, 16 2:19, 34, Act.1:14

2. M. Magdalene (which see).

3. The wife of Clopas (Jhn.19:25) and mother of James the little, and Joses: Mat.27:56, 61 28:1, Mrk.15:40, 47 16:1,

Read the full entry →

Strong's Greek Dictionary

Μαρία Μαριάμ

Maria

or Mariam mar-ee-am'

of Hebrew origin (4813); Maria or Mariam (i.e. Mirjam), the name of

six Christian females:-- Mary.

see HEBREW for 04813

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

Μαρία, ας, ἡ

n.f. & Prop.n.

Mary, Miriam

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

Μαρία Maria 27x

Mary, pr. name (1) The mother of Jesus, Mt. 1:16; Acts 1:14. (2) Mary, wife of Clopas, mother of James, Mk. 15:40; Lk. 24:10; Jn. 19:25. (3) Mary Magdalene, Mt. 27:56; Lk. 20:18. (4) Sister of Martha and Lazarus, Lk. 10:39; Jn. 11:1; 12:3. (5) Mother of Jn. surnamed Mark, Acts 12:12 (6) A Christian at Rome, Read the full entry →

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Noun-NSF — Noun · nominative · singular · feminine
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked singular feminine.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-NSF Part of Speech: Noun Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Feminine

Bible dictionarieson the English sense

International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

ma'-ri, mar'-i (Maria, Mariam, Greek form of Hebrew miryam):

I. DEFINITION AND QUESTIONS OF IDENTIFICATION

The Name Mary in the New Testament

II. MARY, THE VIRGIN

1. Mary in the Infancy Narratives

2. Mary at Cana

3. Mary and the Career of Jesus

4. Mary at the Cross

5. Mary in the Christian Community

6. Mary in Ecclesiastical Doctrine and Tradition

(1) Legend

(2) Dogma

(a) The Dogma of Her Sinlessness

(b) Dogma of Mary's Perpetual Virginity

(c) Doctrine of Mary's Glorification as the Object of Worship and Her Function as Intercessor

(3) Conclusion

III. MARY MAGDALENE

1. Mary Not the Sinful Woman of Luke 7

2. Mary Not a Nervous Wreck

IV. MARY OF BETHANY

1. Attack upon Luke's Narrative

2. Evidence of Luke Taken Alone

3. Evidence Sifted by Comparison

4. Character of Mary

V. MARY, THE MOTHER OF JAMES AND JOSES

VI. MARY, THE MOTHER OF JOHN MARK

I. Definition and Questions of Identification.

Easton's Bible Dictionary

Mary

Hebrew Miriam. (1.) The wife of Joseph, the mother of Jesus, called the “Virgin Mary,” though never so designated in Scripture (Matt. 2:11; Acts 1:14). Little is known of her personal history. Her genealogy is given in Luke 3. She was of the tribe of Judah and the lineage of David (Ps. 132:11; Luke 1:32). She was connected by marriage with Elisabeth, who was of the lineage of Aaron (Luke 1:36).

While she resided at Nazareth with her parents, before she became the wife of Joseph, the angel Gabriel announced to her that she was to be the mother of the promised Messiah (

Smith's Bible Dictionary

a Roman Christian who is greeted by St. Paul in his Epistle to the Romans, ch. (Romans 16:6) as having toiled hard for him.

American Tract Society Bible Dictionary

In Hebrew MIRIAM,

1. "The Mother of Jesus," Ac 1:14. Her amiable and lovely character, and her remarkable history in connection with the wonders relating to the birth of Christ, are recorded in Mt 1:1-2:23 Lu 1:1-2:52. The genealogy of the Savior through her, in the line of David and Abraham, is preserved in Lu 3:1-38, to prove that he was born "as concerning the flesh" according to ancient prophecies. After the return from Egypt to Nazareth, she is but five times mentioned in the gospel history: three on the part of Christ, Mt 12:46-50 Lu 2:49,50

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

98%mary

mary98% · 53×other renderings2% · 1×

54 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 2 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

subject57%object15%predicate11%adverbial11%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 54 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

καίand, even, also, nam

ΜαγδαληνήMagdaleneὅςἸωάνναJoanna

δέbut, on the other ha

ὁArticle theλέγωI say, speakἀνίστημιI raise up, set

ὁArticle the

υἱόςa son, descendenἀσπασμόςa greeting, saluὁράωI see, look upon

αὐτός

μήτηρa motherὑπαντάωI meet

λέγωI say, speak

αὐτόςκαίand, even, also,

ΜαρίαMary54×

what comes after →

ὁArticle the

ΜαγδαληνήMagdaleneμήτηρa motherὁArticle the

καίand, even, also, nam

ὁArticle theἀδελφόςa brotherἸωάνναJoanna

δέbut, on the other ha

ἐνἵστημιI cause to stand

ἐκ

ὅς

κάθημαιI sit, am seated

ἀπέναντιover against, op

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

ConcordanceΜαρία · 54× in the New Testament

Luke John Matthew Mark Acts Romans

Across the New Testament6 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance

ΜαγδαληνήMagdalene×μήτηρa mother×ἔρχομαιI come, go×ἸάκωβοςJames×σάββατονthe Sabbath, a week×ἸωσήφProp×σύν×φοβέωI fear, am terrified×

The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

מִרְיָםf. sister of Moses Aaron91%H4813 · 11 verses אַהֲרֹןAaron, elder brother of Moses66%H175 · 8 verses מֹשֶׁהMoses, the great Hebrew leader, prophet and lawgiver41%H4872 · 5 verses

Counted over the 12 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century

Philo of Alexandria Ignatius of Antioch Clement of Rome Josephus

Philo of AlexandriaAllegorical Interpretation of Genesis 1.76c. AD 40

παρὸ καὶ δεῖται ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος Ἀαρὼν τοῦ θεοφιλοῦς Μωυσέως ἰάσασθαι τὴν τροπὴν τῆς Μαριάμ, ἵνα μὴ γένηται ἐν ὠδῖνι κακῶν ἡ ψυχή, διὸ καί φησι·

JosephusThe Jewish War 6.201c. AD 75–95

Γυνή τις τῶν ὑπὲρ τὸν Ἰορδάνην κατοικούντων, Μαρία τοὔνομα, πατρὸς Ἐλεαζάρου, κώμης Βηθεζουβᾶ, σημαίνει δὲ τοῦτο οἶκος ὑσσώπου, διὰ γένος καὶ πλοῦτον ἐπίσημος, μετὰ τοῦ λοιποῦ πλήθους εἰς τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα καταφυγοῦσα συνεπολιορκεῖτο.

Clement of RomeFirst Clement 4.11c. AD 96

διὰ ζῆλος ʼΛαρὼν καὶ Μαριὰμ ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς ηὐλίσθησαν.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

6th c. AD 7th c. AD 4th c. AD 5th c. AD 8th c. AD

P. Thead. 21Theadelphia (Arsinoites)AD 318

ἐξ αὐτῶν αἶγας τὸν ἀριθμὸν δέκα ἕξ . ἐμοῦ τοίνυν πολυπραγμονοῦντος κατελαβόμην Πέτρον υἱὸν Μαρίας οἰκοῦντα ἐν ἐποικίῳ Πτολεμαίου καὶ Ἰσίδωρον τὸν ἀπὸ ἐποικίου Μύρωνος καὶ αὐτὸν ὡς ξένον

P. Thead. 56Theadelphia (ArsinoitesAD 328

Αὐρηλίῳ Ζακαῶνι Σαταβοῦτος ἀπὸ κώμης Θεαδελφείας παρὰ Αὐρηλίου Ἀμμωνίου Κανία … … μαρίας. βούλομαι μισθώσασθαι παρὰ σοῦ ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων σοι αἶγας τελείας θηλείας δέκα ἐπὶ χρόνον

P.Lond. 2 p. 275-276 no. 403Theoxenis (Arsinoites)AD 346

Φλαουίῳ Ἀβινναίῳ ἐπάρχῳ εἴλης στρατιωτῶν κάστρων Διονυσιάδος παρὰ Αὐρηλίας Μαρίας γαμβρᾶς Ἀκιᾶρ στρατιωτῶν τῶν ἐν Μέμφει διακειμένων ὑπὸ Κολλοῦθον πραιπόσιτον γεουχοῦντος ἐν κώμῃ Θεοξενίδι.

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

λαβοῦσαlambanō having taken G2983 Verb · second aorist · active · participle · nominative · singular · feminine ¶

258× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

about as common in John as anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

To take or receive something, like in Matthew 26:26, where Jesus takes bread and breaks it. It can also mean to accept or obtain something, and is often translated as receive or accept in the KJV.

Tyndale gloss

to take

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

λαμβάνω (lambanō) means both 'to take' and 'to receive,' covering a wide range of applications from literal actions like grasping or seizing to more abstract uses such as accepting ideas or concepts. It appears frequently in the New Testament, often in contexts involving physical actions (e.g., taking bread in Mt 26:26) or receiving something (e.g., receiving a message in Jn 6:21). The lexicons note that the word can also imply a sense of violence or urgency in some contexts.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

λαμβάνω,

[in LXX chiefly for לקח, also for נשׂא, לכד, אחז, etc.;]

to take, lay hold of: absol., Mt 26:26, Mk 14:22; c. acc. rei, Mt 5:40 26:52, al. mult.; c. acc. pers., Mt 21:35, Mk 12:3, al.; pleonastic λαβών (M, Pr., 230; Bl., §74, 2), Mt 13:31 14:19, al.; so also indic., Mk 7:27, Jo 19:1, 40, Re 8:5, al.; metaph., c. acc. rei, ἀφορμήν, Ro 7:8, 11; ὑδόδειγμα, Ja 5:10; id. c. acc. pers.…

Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

λαμβάνω; impf. ἐλάμβανον; fut. λήψομαι, (LT Tr WH λήμψομαι, an Alexandrian form; 568 8. v. M, μ); 2 aor. ἔλαβον (2 pers. plur. once [in Tdf. 7 after B*] ἐλάβατε, 1 Jn. ii. 27; see reff. s. v. ἀπέρχομαι, init.), impv. λάβε (Rey. x. 8 54.), not λαβέ (W. § 6,1 a.; B. 62 (54)); pf. εἴληφα, 2 pers. εἴληφας [and εἴληφες (Rev. xi. 17 WHI; see xomidw); on the use of the pf. interchangeably with an aor. (Rey. v. 7; viii. 5, ete.) οἵ. B. 197 (170) ; W. 272 (255); Jebb in Vincent and Dickson’s Mod. Grk. 2d ed. App. §§ 67, 68], ptep. εἰληφώς ; [Pass., pres. ptep. λαμβανόμενος ; pf. 3 pers. sing. εἴληπται, Jn. viii. 4 ὙΠ το. (rejected section)]; Sept. hundreds of times for n>), very often for 8wW3, also for 729 and several times for 108; [fr. Hom. down]; I. to take,i.e. 1. to take with the hand, lay hold of, any pers. or thing in order to use it: absol., where the context shows what is taken, Mt.…

Read the full entry →

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

λαμβάνω in its ordinary sense of ‘‘ receive,” ‘‘ get,” as in Mt 78, Jn 357, is naturally very common, e.g. P Giss I. 67° (ii/a.p.) ἔλαβόν σου ἐπιστολήν, P Ryl II. 122} (a.p. 127) λαβὼν τὸ πιττάκιον τὸ ἀκόλουθον ποίει, “on receipt of this document, act in accordance with it” (Edd.), P Fay 1274 (ii/iii a.p.) | ἐὰ (= ἐὰν) λάβητε φαγὸν πέμψαι ἐμοὶ διὰ Karolrov, “if you get any lentils send them to me by Katoitus " (Edd.), and 76, 1355 (iv/A.D.) τὰ ἀργύρια ἃ ἔλαβες, “money which you received.” Similarly in connexion with money receipts, as 26. 1098 (early i/A.D.) ἀποχὴν θέλω λαβεῖν, “1 wish to get a receipt,” 20. 2113 (A.D. 134) ἀλλήλ[οις] ἀποχὰς τούς τε διδόντας καὶ τοὺς λαμβάν[ο]ντας, ‘‘that payer and payee shall mutually give receipts’’ (Edd.). Wilcken Ostr. i. p. 109 has pointed out that in the case of all ostraca receipts known to him the writers were Romans, but see 7hed Ostr 1058…

Read the full entry →

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

λαμβάνω (lambanō) — to take.

λαμβάνω,

future λήψομαι (λήψω only late, variant in [LXX]; Ionic dialect λάψομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Doric dialectfuture 2nd pers. singular λαψῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+], infinitive λαμψεῖσθαι [Refs 2nd c.BC+]aorist 2 ἔλᾰβον, Epic dialect ἔλλᾰβον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect Iterat. λάβεσκον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; written λάβε in middle Ms. of [Refs 4th c.BC+] Attic dialectaccusative to [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: perfect εἴληφα [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect, Doric dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; infinitive λελαβήκειν [Refs]: pluperfect εἰλήφειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] (κατα-); Doric dialect perfect subjunctive 3rd.pers. singular (παρ-) λελόνβῃ [Refs] —middle, aorist 2 ἐλαβόμην, Epic dialect ἐλλ-, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect reduplicate λελαβέσθαι [Refs]:—passive, future ληφθήσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἐλήφθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ἐλάφθην [Refs 5th…

Read the full entry →

Strong's Greek Dictionary

λαμβάνω

lambano

a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate

in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and

figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas

1209 is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while

138 is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed,

assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), +

forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).

see GREEK for 1209

see GREEK for 138

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

λαμβάνω

v.

I receive, take

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

λαμβάνω lambanō 258x

to take, take up, take in the hand, Mt. 10:38; 13:31, 33; to take on one’s self, sustain, Mt. 8:17; to take, seize, seize upon, Mt. 5:40; 21:34; Lk. 5:26; 1 Cor. 10:13; to catch, Lk. 5:5; 2 Cor. 12:16; to assume, put on, Phil. 2:7; to make a rightful or successful assumption of, Jn. 3:27; to conceive, Acts 28:15; to take by…

Read the full entry →

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

λαμβάνω from Root ΛΑΒ The orig. sense of the word is two-fold, one (more active) to take, and the other (more passive) to receive

to take:

to take hold of, grasp, seize, Hom., etc.; the part seized in gen., the whole in acc., τὴν πτέρυγος λάβεν caught her by the wing, Il.; γούνων λάβε κούρην Od., etc.:—then, with gen. of part only, ποδῶν, γούνων, κόρυθος λάβεν took hold of the feet, etc., Il.

to take by violence, seize, carry off as prize or booty, Hom.

λ. δίκην, ποινάς, Lat. sumere poenas, to exact punishment, Eur., etc.; v. infr. II. 3.

of passions, feelings, etc., to seize, Hom., etc.; of fever and sudden illnesses, to attack, Hdt., attic

of a deity, to seize, possess, τινά Hdt.: of darkness, and the like, to occupy, possess, Aesch.

Read the full entry →

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Verb-2AAP-NSF — Verb · second aorist · active · participle · nominative · singular · feminine
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked singular feminine.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

V-2AAP-NSF Part of Speech: Verb Tense: second Aorist Voice: Active Mood: Participle Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Feminine

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

18%having taken

having taken18% · 48×receive8% · 20×having received7% · 18×took6% · 16×take4% · 11×receiving4% · 10×receives4% · 10×do take3% · 9×other renderings46% · 123×

265 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 76 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

verb98%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 258 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

καίand, even, also, nam

αὐτόςλαμβάνωI receive, takeλέγωI say, speak

οὐNeg

καίand, even, also,ὅςἄνθρωποςa man, one of th

αὐτός

δέbut, on the otheεἰςἐσθίωI eat

ὅς

σίναπιmustardζύμηleaven, fermentδιακονίαwaiting at table

ὁArticle the

γάρforσύθεόςGod, a god

λαμβάνωhaving taken258×

what comes after →

ὁArticle the

ἄρτοςbread, a loaf, fβιβλίονa papyrus rollχάραγμαsculpture, a sta

καίand, even, also, nam

ὁArticle theἀναγγέλλωI announce, makeζωήlife

αὐτός

καίand, even, also,εἰςσύ

πνεῦμαwind, breath, spirit

ἅγιοςset apart, holy,δουλείαslavery, bondageυἱοθεσίαadoption

γυνήa woman, wife, my la

ἐγκρύπτωI hide in, mix wκαίand, even, also,κρύπτωI hide, conceal,

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceλαμβάνω · 258× in the New Testament

Matthew John Acts Revelation Luke Mark Hebrews 1 Corinthians Romans 2 Corinthians James 1 John

Every reference is on the Strong's page.

Across the New Testament21 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance

ἄρτοςbread, a loaf, food×παρά×αἰτέωI ask, request, beg, petition×πέντεIndec×εὐχαριστέωI thank, give thanks×μαρτυρίαwitness, evidence, testimony×ἐντολήan ordinance, injunction, command×μισθόςwages, reward×

The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

לָקַחtake70%H3947 · 456 verses

Counted over the 650 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century

Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas The Epistle of Barnabas Clement of Rome

Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 54c. AD 40

εἶθ’, οἷα φιλεῖ, προσπεριειργάζετο, τίς ἡ τῶν ὁρατῶν δὴ τούτων οὐσία καὶ εἰ ἀγένητοι πεφύκασιν ἢ γενέσεως ἔλαβον ἀρχὴν καὶ τίς ὁ τρόπος τῆς κινήσεως καὶ τίνες αἱ αἰτίαι δι’ ὧν ἕκαστα οἰκονομεῖται·

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

ὡς Ἅβραμος ἐπὶ τοὺς Ἀσσυρίους ἐκστρατεύσας ἐνίκησε καὶ τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους τῶν Σοδομιτῶν ἔσωσε καὶ τὴν λείαν ἣν ἔλαβον ἀφείλετο.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.5c. AD 100

λογισάμενος οὖν τοῦτο, ὅτι ἐὰν μελήσῃ μοι περὶ ὑμῶν τοῦ μέρος τι μεταδοῦναι ἀφ̓ οὗ ἔλαβον, ὅτι ἔσται μοι τοιούτοις πνεύμασιν ὑπηρετήσαντι εἰς μισθόν, ἐσπούδασα κατὰ μικρὸν ὑμῖν πέμπειν, ἵνα μετὰ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν τελείαν ἔχητε τὴν γνῶσιν.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

2nd c. AD 3rd c. BC 3rd c. AD 6th c. AD 1st c. AD

P.Gen. 1 20Pathyris110 BC

Λατοπολίτου, ἣν ἐωνήσατο ἐκ βασιλικοῦ ἐν τῶι ε ἔτει πρὸς τὰ ταύτης ἐκφόρια, καὶ λαβὼν τὴν εἰθισμένην διαγραφὴν ἐπικεχωρηκέναι ταύτηι τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δ μερίδα, ὃς καὶ παρὼν ἐπὶ τοῦ

P.Bad. 2 3Pathyris110 BC

Λατοπολίτου, ἣν ἐωνήσατο ἐκ βασιλικοῦ ἐν τῷ πέμπτωι ἔτει πρὸς τὰ τῆς γῆς ἐκφόρια λαβὼν τὴν εἰθισμένην διαγραφήν. ὁ Ἁρκοννῆσις ἐπικεχώρηκεν ταύτῃ τὴν τετάρτην μερίδα πρὸς πυροῦ ἀρτάβας δέκα

P.Grenf. 2 37Pathyris109 BC

τῆς κώμης καθέσταται Πατσεοῦς Πατῆτος ὁ τὴν ἐντολὴν ἐπιδεικνὺς χειρογραφήσας ὡς εἴθισται καὶ διαστολὴν λαβὼν προ

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

λίτρανlitra a litra G3046 Noun · accusative · singular · feminine ¶

2× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

commoner in John than anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

A litra is a unit of weight, like a pound. It is used in John 12:3 to describe the amount of perfume used to anoint Jesus.

Amplified meaning

a pound, a significant amount

Tyndale gloss

pound

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

λίτρα is a feminine noun meaning a pound, derived from Latin libra. It refers to both a weight of twelve ounces and a silver coin from Sicily. The New Testament uses it in John 12:3 and 19:39. Some sources note its metaphorical use in literature, but there is no significant disagreement among lexicons regarding its basic meaning.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

*† λίτρα, -ας, ἡ

(cf. Lat. libra),

a Sicilian coin = Rom. libra or as.

In weight, a pound: Jo 12:3 19:39.†

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

λίτρα, -ας, 7, α pound, a weight of twelve ounces: Jn. xii. 3; xix. 39. [Polyb. 22, 26,19; Diod. 14, 116, 7; Plut. Tib. et G. Grac. 2, 3; Joseph. antt. 14, 7,1; al.J

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

λίτρα μου σὺν τοῖς παιδίος (1. -(οις) περὶ τῆς λιτανήας, ‘Sand do you together with the children . concerning the supplication ” (Edd.),

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

λίτρα (litra) — pound.

λίτρ-α, ἡ,

a silver coin of Sicily, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

II. as a weight, [Refs]a pound, [[Refs 4th c.BC+] having lived a pound of years, i.e. [Refs 6th c.AD+]

III. measure of capacity, = [Refs 2nd c.AD+]. [ῑ as in Latin libra; written λείτρα in [Refs] and Latin libra probably from early Italic *līprā.)

Strong's Greek Dictionary

λίτρα

litra

of Latin origin (libra); a pound in weight:--pound.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

λίτρα, ας, ἡ

n.f.

a Roman pound

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

λίτρα litra 2x

a pound, libra, equivalent to about twelve ounces (American), Jn. 12:3; 19:39*

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

λίτρα λίτρα, ἡ, a silver coin of Sicily, Lat. libra:—as a weight, 12 ounces, a pound, Anth.:—metaph., λίτρα^ν ἐτῶν ζήσας having lived a pound of years, i. e. 72 (for a pound of gold was coined into 72 pieces), id. Anth.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Noun-ASF — Noun · accusative · singular · feminine
accusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked singular feminine.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-ASF Part of Speech: Noun Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Feminine

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

50%litra

litra50% · 1×litras50% · 1×

2 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 2 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

λαμβάνωI receive, take

ΜαρίαProp

ὡςas, like as, how, wh

ἀλόηaloes

λίτραa litra2×

what comes after →

μύρονanointing-oil, ointm

νάρδοςspikenard, a per

ἑκατόνIndec

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceλίτρα · 2× in the New Testament

John

Across the New Testament1 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century

Josephus

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 14.106c. AD 75–95

ἡ δὲ μνᾶ παρʼ ἡμῖν ἰσχύει λίτρας δύο ἥμισυ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

4th c. AD 5th c. AD 6th c. AD 3rd c. AD 7th c. AD

P.Athen.. 30 RoArsinoitesAD 178–AD 179

ο … ἓν τετάρτας δέκα τρεῖς καὶ δέκ … ου α … α … λίτρας ἓξ οὐγκίας δύο καὶ ἱμάτια κο … κοτων καὶ παράφερνα προσ … χ

P.Col. 7 137Karanis (Arsinoites)AD 302

διέγραψεν Ἡρᾶς Πτολεμαίου … τιμὴν ἀχύρου καὶ κρέως γ διατυπώσεως … … … κρέως λίτρας … … … τετρακαιεξηκοστόν καὶ ὑπὲρ … … καὶ τῇ … διέγραψεν Ἰσίδωρος Πτολεμαίου

P.Cair. Isid. 22Karanis (Arsinoites)AD 303–AD 304

Πτολεμαίδος Πτολεμαίδος Συρίων λίτραι … Πατερεῖς λίτραι ϛ Ἰσίδωρος Ἁτρῆ λίτραι ϛ Ἰσίδωρος Παπέει λίτρα α Ἀϊῶν Παπέει λίτραι ιγ Ἥρων Ἀ … ώνεως λίτραι κζ Κάσιος Πελαλίου λίτραι

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

μύρουmuron of fragrant oil G3464 Noun · genitive · singular · neuter ¶

14× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

commoner in John than anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

Myron refers to perfumed oil or ointment, like the kind used in Matthew 26:7 and John 12:3. It's a fragrant oil used for special occasions. This oil is highly valued.

Amplified meaning

ointment, fragrant oil

Tyndale gloss

ointment

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word μύρον (lemma: muron) refers to ointment or perfumed oil, often derived from plants. It appears in the New Testament in contexts of anointing and is associated with luxury and grace. The entries suggest it may be distinguished from ἔλαιον (oil) in usage, with μύρον often implying a more refined or scented product.

Trench, Synonyms of the New Testament — ἔλαιον, μύρον, ἀλείφω from a scan

Some have denied that the O. T. knows of any distinction between ‘oil’ and ‘ointment;’ and this on the very insufficient grounds that the Septuagint renders }2W sometimes by μύρον (Prov. xxvii. 9; Cant. i.3; Isai. xxxix. 2; Am. vi. 6); though more frequently, indeed times out of number, by ἔλαιον. But how often in a single word of one language are latent two of another; especially when that other abounds, as does Greek compared with Hebrew, in finer distinctions, in a more subtle notation of meanings ; παροιμία and παραβολή furnish a well-known example of this, both lying in the Hebrew Syn ; and this duplicity of meaning it is the part of a well-skilled translator to evoke. Nay the thing itself, the μύρον (=‘ unguentum’), so naturally grew out of the ἔλαιον (=‘oleum’), having oil for its base, with only the addition of spice or scent or other aromatic ingredients,—Clement of Alexandria…

Read the full entry →

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

μύρον, -ου, τό,

[in LXX chiefly for שֶׁמֶן, Pr 27:9, Ps 132 (133):2, al.;]

ointment: Mt 26:7, 12, Mk 14:3-5, Lk 7:37, 38, 46 23:56, Jo 11:2 12:3, 5, Re 18:13.†

SYN.: ἔλαιον, q.v.

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

μύρον, -ov, τό, (the grammarians derive it fr. μύρω to flow, accordingly a flowing juice, trickling sap; but prob. more correct to regard it as an oriental word akin to μύρρα, Hebr. 19, 19; [Fick (i. 836) connects it with τ. smar ‘to smear’, with which Vaniéek 1198 sq. associates σμύρνα, μύρτος, ete.; οἵ. Curtius p. 7147}, ointment: Mt. xxvi. 7, 9 Rec., 12; Mk. xiv. 3-5; Lk. vii. 37 sq.; xxiii. Mucia 56; Jn. xi. 2; xii. 3,5; Rev. xviii. 13; distinguished fr. ἔλαιον [q. v. and see Trench, Syn. § xxxviii.], Lk. vii. 46. ({From Aeschyl., Hdt. down]; Sept. for ;2u fat, oil, Prov. xxvii. 9; for 210 059), Ps. CXXxii. (Cxxxiii.) 2.)

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

μύρον. For this Semitic loan word (cf. Lewy Avemdworter, pp. 42, 44) we may cite a private account of c. A.D. 1, P Oxy IV. 73613 μύρου εἰς ἀποστολὴν ταφῆς θυγατρὸς Φνᾶς (τετρώβολον), ““Ῥεγβιπιε for the dispatch of the mummy of the daughter of Phna 4 ob.” (Edd.), and the medical prescription πρόσμιξον μέλι Kal ῥόδινον, ‘dilute some gum with balsam of lilies, and add honey and rose-extract” (Edd.). In P Giss I. 931} μύρον αὐλητήν, the editor suggests that μύρον ought perhaps to be written as a proper name—Mipov: cf. the name ᾿Αβρότονον (properly = ‘‘southernwood”) in Menander’s plays. In P Ryl II. 420 (ii/a.p.) we hear of an ἀρτοκόπος, a μυροπώλης, and an ἠπητής (“cobbler”): for the adj. see P Fay 935 (A.D. 161) βούλομαι μισθώσασθαι παρὰ σοῦ τὴν μυροπωλαικὴν καὶ ἀροματικὴν ἐργασίαν, “1 wish to lease from you your business of perfume-selling and unguent-making ”’ (Edd.). We may add that in…

Read the full entry →

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

μύρον (muron) — ointment.

μύρον [ῠ], τό,

sweet oil, unguent, perfume, [Refs 7th c.BC+]; mixed with wine, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; various kinds in [Refs 1st c.AD+]; μ. Μενδήσιον, ἠθητόν, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] sweet oil on lentils, i.e. 'a jewel of gold in a swine's snout', [Refs 5th c.BC+]

2. place where unguents were sold, perfume-market, τὰ μειράκια.. τἀν τῷ μ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]

3. metaphorically, anything graceful or charming, [Refs]

Strong's Greek Dictionary

μύρον

muron

probably of foreign origin (compare 4753, 4666); "myrrh", i.e. (by

implication) perfumed oil:--ointment.

see HEBREW for 04753

see GREEK for 04666

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

μύρον, ου, τό

n.n.

anointing-oil, ointment

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

μύρον myron 14x

pr. aromatic juice which distills from trees; ointment, unguent, usually perfumed, Mt. 26:7, 12; Mk. 14:3, 4

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

μύρον μύ^ρον, ου, τό, sweet juice extracted form plants, sweet-oil, unguent, balsam, Hdt., etc.

a place where unguents were sold, the perfume-market, Ar.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Noun-GSN — Noun · genitive · singular · neuter
genitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-GSN Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

Bible dictionarieson the English sense

International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

oil (shemen; elaion):

1. Terms

2. Production and Storage

3. Uses

(1) As a Commodity of Exchange

(2) As a Cosmetic

(3) As a Medicine

(4) As a Food

(5) As an Illuminant

(6) In Religious Rites

(a) Consecration

(b) Offerings

(c) Burials

4. Figurative Uses

Shemen, literally, "fat," corresponds to the common Arabic senin of similar meaning, although now applied to boiled butter fat.

1. Terms:

Another Hebrew word, zayith (zeth), "olive," occurs with shemen in several passages (Ex 27:20; 30:24; Le 24:2). The corresponding Arabic zeit, a contraction of zeitun, which is the name for the olive tree as well as the fruit, is now applied to oils in general, to distinguish them from solid fats. Zeit usually means olive oil, unless some qualifying name indicates another oil. A corresponding use was made of…

Easton's Bible Dictionary

Oil

Only olive oil seems to have been used among the Hebrews. It was used for many purposes: for anointing the body or the hair (Ex. 29:7; 2 Sam. 14:2; Ps. 23:5; 92:10; 104:15; Luke 7:46); in some of the offerings (Ex. 29:40; Lev. 7:12; Num. 6:15; 15:4), but was excluded from the sin-offering (Lev. 5:11) and the jealousy-offering (Num. 5:15); for burning in lamps (

Smith's Bible Dictionary

Of the numerous substances, animal and vegetable, which were known to the ancients as yielding oil, the olive berry is the one of which most frequent mention is made in the Scriptures. Gathering , --The olive berry was either gathered by hand or shaken off carefully with a light reed or stick. Pressing . --In order to make oil the fruit, was either bruised in a mortar crushed in a press loaded with wood or stones, ground in a mill, or trodden with the feet. The "beaten" oil of (Exodus 27:20; 29:40; Leviticus 24:2; Numbers 28:6) was probably made by bruising in a mortar, It was used-- (1) As food. Dried wheat, boiled with either butter or oil, but generally the former, is a common dish for all classes in Syria. (

American Tract Society Bible Dictionary

Was employed from the earliest periods in the east, not only for the purpose of consecration, but to anoint the head, the beard, and the whole person in daily life, Ge 28:18. See ANOINTING. It was also universally used for food, Eze 16:13. Fresh and sweet olive oil was greatly preferred to butter and animal fat as a seasoning for food, and to this day in Syria almost every kind of food is cooked with oil. It had a place also among the meat-offerings in the temple, being usually mixed with the meal of the oblation, Le 5:11 6:21. For lamps, also, pure olive oil was regarded as the best, and was used in illuminating the tabernacle. These many uses for oil made the culture of the olive-tree an extensive and lucrative business,

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

80%fragrant oil

fragrant oil80% · 12×myrrh7% · 1×anointing oils7% · 1×oil7% · 1×

15 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 4 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

object50%adverbial29%subject21%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 14 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

ὁArticle the

οὗτοςἀλείφωI anointὀσμήan odor

ἀλάβαστροςan alabaster phial o

ἔχωI have, hold, poκομίζωI bring, receive

καίand, even, also, nam

ἄρωμαspice, perfumeθυμίαμαincense

δέbut, on the other ha

οὗτος

κύριοςlord, Lord, master,

ὁArticle the

μύρονof fragrant oil14×

what comes after →

καίand, even, also, nam

ὁArticle theἐκμάσσωI wipe, wipe offλίβανοςincense

νάρδοςspikenard, a perfume

πιστικόςgenuine, pure

βαρύτιμοςof great price

καίand, even, also,

οὗτος

ἐπί

γίνομαιI come into being, a

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceμύρον · 14× in the New Testament

John Luke Mark Matthew Revelation

Across the New Testament5 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance

οὗτος×ἀλείφωI anoint×ἀλάβαστροςan alabaster phial or bottle×γυνήa woman, wife, my lady×ἔχωI have, hold, possess×νάρδοςspikenard, a perfume×πιστικόςgenuine, pure×πιπράσκωI sell×

The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

שֶׁ֫מֶןfat, oil55%H8081 · 5 verses

Counted over the 9 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century

Josephus Ignatius of Antioch Philo of Alexandria

Philo of AlexandriaWho is the Heir of Divine Things 196c. AD 40

„λάβε σεαυτῷ ἡδύσματα, στακτήν, ὄνυχα καὶ χαλβάνην ἡδυσμοῦ καὶ λίβανον διαφανῆ, ἴσον ἴσῳ, καὶ ποιήσουσιν αὐτὸ θυμίαμα μύρον, μυρεψοῦ ἔργον συνθέσεως καθαρᾶς, ἔργον ἅγιον“ (Exod.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 2.118c. AD 75–95

πεισθεὶς Ἰάκωβος παρεδίδου τὸν Βενιαμὶν καὶ τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ σίτου διπλασίονα τῶν τε παρὰ τοῖς Χαναναίοις γεννωμένων τό τε τῆς βαλάνου μύρον καὶ στακτὴν τερέβινθόν τε καὶ μέλι δωρεὰς Ἰωσήπῳ κομίζειν.

Ignatius of AntiochThe Letters of Ignatius 1.17.1c. AD 110

Διὰ τοῦτο μύρον ἔλαβεν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ ὁ κύριος, ἵνα πνέῃ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἀφθαρσίαν, μὴ ἀλείφεσθε δυσωδίαν τῆς διδασκαλίας τοῦ ἄρχοντος τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου, μὴ αἰχμαλωτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ προκειμένου ζῆν.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

2nd c. AD 3rd c. BC 2nd c. BC 1st c. AD 6th c. AD

P.Mich. 8 465Bostra (Arabia)AD 108

διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τῆς ὁδοῦ. ὧδε γὰρ ἱμάτια καλὰ καὶ ἔβενος καὶ πινάρια καὶ μύρα ἀνάγεται εὐπόρως. διὸ ἐρωτῶ σε τὴν κυρίαν μου … … χως καὶ ἱλαρῶς εὐφραίνεσθαι.

P.Giss. 1 93Apollonopolites HeptakomiasAD 113–AD 120

πρων γάλον διὰ … φαλος κάνδυλος … μα … ιαν σων ις … μύρον αὐλητήν

P. Fay. 331 Vo descr.Theadelphia (Arsinoites)AD 125–AD 126

ὑγροῦ λίτρον ξηρᾶς ὀβολ ιϛ ἀλιχευτρίδος σιλελια ἀποσφηνομα … βίβλους ὀβολ β ἰρια ξηρομύρου μύρου Κοπρῆτος ὀστοινα

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

νάρδουnardos of nard G3487 Noun · genitive · singular · feminine ¶

2× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

commoner in John than anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

Nard is a fragrant plant used to make perfume, mentioned in Mark 14:3 and John 12:3. It was highly valued in ancient times for its fragrance and medicinal properties.

Amplified meaning

a fragrant plant, spikenard

Tyndale gloss

nard

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word νάρδος refers to spikenard, an aromatic plant known for its fragrant oil, derived from the species Nardostachys nardus. It is mentioned in the New Testament in the context of an expensive ointment used for anointing, specifically in Mark 14:3 and John 12:3. The entries indicate its foreign origin and its historical use in various cultures.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

νάρδος, -ου, ἡ

(Heb. נֵרְדְּ, both from Sanscrit narda, v. Boisacq, s.v.),

[in LXX: Ca 1:12 4:13, 14 (נֵרְדְּ)*;]

nard;

an Indian plant, the Nardostachys nardus jatamansi, used for the preparation of a fragrant ointment;

ointment of nard: Mk 14:3, Jo 12:3.†

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

νάρδος (nardos) — nard.

νάρδος, ἡ,

spikenard, Nardostachys Jatamansi, [NT+4th c.BC+]; compare {ναρδόσταχυς}

2. ν. Κελτική Celtic nard, Valeriana celtica, [Refs 1st c.AD+]

3. ν. ὀρεινή or ὀρεία mountain nard, Valeriana Dioscoridis, [Refs 4th c.BC+]

4. ν. Συριακή Syrian nard, Cymbopogon Iwarancusa, [Refs 1st c.AD+]

5. νάρδου ῥίζα ginger grass, Cymbopogon Schoenanthus, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]

6. ν. ἀγρία, ={ἄσαρον}, [Refs 1st c.AD+]

II. oil of spikenard, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]. (Semitic word, cf. Bab. lardu.)

Strong's Greek Dictionary

νάρδος

nardos

of foreign origin (compare 5373); "nard":--(spike-)nard.

see HEBREW for 05373

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

νάρδος, ου, ἡ

n.f.

spikenard, a perfume

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

νάρδος nardos 2x

spikenard, a species of aromatic plant with grassy leaves and a fibrous root, of which the best and strongest grows in India; in NT oil of spikenard, an oil extracted from the plant, which was highly prized and used as an ointment either pure or mixed with other substances, Mk. 14:3; Jn. 12:3*

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

νάρδος νάρδος, ἡ, a plant, nard, spikenard, nard-oil, Anth.

Prob. a foreign word.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Noun-GSF — Noun · genitive · singular · feminine
genitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular feminine.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-GSF Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Feminine

Bible dictionarieson the English sense

International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

nard.

See SPIKENARD.

Smith's Bible Dictionary

[SPIKENARD]

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

100%nard

nard100% · 2×

2 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 1 different way. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

μύρονanointing-oil, ointm

ἀλάβαστροςan alabaster phiλίτραa Roman pound

νάρδοςof nard2×

what comes after →

πιστικόςgenuine, pure

πολυτελήςvery costly, verπολύτιμοςof great value

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceνάρδος · 2× in the New Testament

John Mark

Across the New Testament2 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

3rd c. BC 5th c. AD 1st c. BC 2nd c. BC 4th c. AD

BGU 6 1300211 BC

β μῆλας β ἐξάλιπτρον ἔχον βάσιν δακτύλιον καὶ κονδύλιον Σικυώνιον ζμύρναν στατῆρας ε ὁλκὴν νάρδου γ μύρον σμυρναῖον ἔλαιον τῆι μικρᾶι εἰς τὴν κεφαλὴν … οβ … ὀστρίνην καὶ

O.Edfou 3 328Apollonopolis201 BC–102 BC

ὧν ἐστιν· ἐν τοῖς νάρδου κοράσια λζ ἐν τῶι περιστερῶνι ε ἐν τοῖς Μύρωνος Αἰθιοπίου μδ ὧν γυναῖκες

BGU 16 2618Herakleopolites8 BC

μηθὲν δίδων. τῇ γὰρ πεντεκαιδεκάτῃ ἀνέβη τριωβόλου καὶ φοβοῦνται μὴ τιμιώτερος γένηται. ἀσπάζεταί σε Νάρδος καὶ Νίκη καὶ οἱ ἐν οἴκωι πάντες. ἐπιμέλου δὲ σεαυτοῦ ἵνα ὑγιαίνῃς. ἔρρωσο ἔτους

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

πιστικῆςpistikos pure G4101 Adjective · genitive · singular · feminine ¶

2× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

commoner in John than anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

This word describes something or someone as genuine and trustworthy, like the pure nard in Mark 14:3. It signifies something of high quality and authenticity.

Amplified meaning

genuine, unadulterated

Tyndale gloss

pure

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

πιστικός is an adjective meaning trustworthy or genuine, derived from πίστις (faith). It describes both people and things, indicating reliability or purity. The New Testament references it in relation to spike nard in Mark 14:3 and John 12:3, where it emphasizes the quality of being unadulterated. Thayer notes its use in a metaphorical sense regarding the New Covenant.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

*† πιστικός, -ή, -όν (πίστις),

having the gift of persuasion (Plat., Gorg., 455 A).

of persons, faithful, trusty (Plut.);

of things, trustworthy, genuine: νάρδος π., Mk 14:3, Jo 12:3.†

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

πιστικός, -1), -ov, (πιστός), pertaining to belief; a. having the power of persuading, skilful in producing belief: Plat. Gorg. p. 455 a. b. trusty, faithful, that can be relied on: γυνὴ mor. καὶ οἰκουρὸς καὶ πειθομένη τῷ ἀνδρί, Artem. oneir. 2, 32; often so in Cedrenus [also (of persons) in Epiph., Jn. Mosch., Sophron.; ef. Soph. Lex. s. v.]; of commodities i. q. δόκιμος, genuine, pure, unadulterated: so vapdos πιστική [but A.V. spike- (i. 6. spiked) nard, after the nardi spicati of the Vulg. (in Mk.)], Mk. xiv. 3; Jn. xii. 3, (for nard was often adulterated; see Plin. h. n. 12,26; Diose. de mater. med. 1, 6 and 7); hence metaph. τὸ πιστικὸν τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης κρᾶμα, Euseb. demonstr. evang. 9,8 [p.439d.]. Cf. the full discussion of this word in Fritzsche on Mk. p. 596 sqq-; Liicke on Jn. xii. 3 p. 494 sqq.; W. 97 (92) sq.; [esp. Dr. Jas. Morison on Mk. 1.…

Read the full entry →

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

πιστικός (pistikos) — pure.

πιστικός, ή, όν,

(πίνω)

__A liquid, νάρδος [NT]

Strong's Greek Dictionary

πιστικός

pistikos

from 4102; trustworthy, i.e. genuine (unadulterated):--spike-(nard).

see GREEK for 4102

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

πιστικός, ή, όν

Adj

genuine, pure

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

πιστικός pistikos 2x

genuine, unadulterated, pure, Mk. 14:3; Jn. 12:3*

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Adj-GSF — Adjective · genitive · singular · feminine
genitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular feminine.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

A-GSF Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Feminine

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

100%pure

pure100% · 2×

2 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 1 different way. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

νάρδοςspikenard, a perfume

μύρονanointing-oil, o

πιστικόςpure2×

what comes after →

πολυτελήςvery costly, very pr

συντρίβωI break by crush

πολύτιμοςof great value

ἀλείφωI anoint

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceπιστικός · 2× in the New Testament

John Mark

Across the New Testament2 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

7th c. AD

P.Got. 29Arsinoites ?AD 641

καὶ περὶ ἑνός γαιδαρίου ἵνα πέμψω εἰς Βαβυλῶνα μετὰ τῶν ἐργατῶν … ἐκέλευσεν ὁ πιστικὸς ἵνα ἀπολύσωσιν ὅλα τὰ γαιδάρια καὶ ἰδοὺ … … … … σ

998110Arsinoiton polis (Arsinoites)AD 601–AD 800

πιστικὸς στοχεῖ μοι πάντα ὡς πρόκειται di emου Nichta

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

πολυτίμουpolutimos of great price G4186 Adjective · genitive · singular · feminine ¶

3× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

commoner in John than anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

Meaning extremely valuable, this word is used to describe costly items like the pearl in Matthew 13:46. It signifies something of great worth or price. The Bible uses it to convey high value or importance.

Amplified meaning

very costly, highly valued

Tyndale gloss

valuable

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

πολύτιμος is built from πολύς (much) and τιμή (price), meaning very costly or precious. It appears in the New Testament in verses like Matthew 13:46 and John 12:3, indicating something of great value. The lexicons consistently describe it as extremely valuable, with no significant disagreement noted.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

* πολύτιμος, -ον

(< πολύς, τιμή),

much revered (Menand.).

very costly, very precious: Mt 13:46 26:7 (βαρύτιμος, WH), Jo 12:3; comparat., I Pe 1:7.†

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

πολύτιμος, -ov, (πολύς, τιμή), very valuable, of great price : Mt. xiii. 46; xxvi. 7 LT Trmrg.; Jn. xii. 3; compar. πολυτιμότερον, 1 Pet. i. 7, where Rec. πολὺ τιμιώτερον. (Plut. Pomp. 5; Hdian. 1, 17,5[3 ed. Bekk.]; Anthol., al.)

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

πολύτιμος. P Oxy VIII. 1121 (a.p. 295) αἰσθῆτι πολυτειμοτάτῃ, “some very costly clothes.” The meaning ‘‘ much revered ” Ἴδη xaipé μοι, ὦ ἰώμενος, ὦ πολύ[τειϊμε, πία]ζε, Τελ]εσφόρε. Cf. Menander Frag. p. 33 πολύτιμοι θεοί, and similarly the verbal in BGU IV. 120819 (B.c. 27-6) παρὰ τοῦ πολυτιμήτου Tlofyos, and Menandrea p. 975" ὦ πολυτίμητοι θεοί.

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

πολύτιμος (polutimos) — valuable.

πολῠτῑμ-ος, ον,

(τιμή) much-revered, θεοί [Refs 4th c.BC+]

II. highly priced, μουσοεργός [Refs 5th c.BC+]; very costly, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]. adverb -μως[Refs 2nd c.BC+]

Strong's Greek Dictionary

πολύτιμος

polutimos

from 4183 and 5092; extremely valuable:--very costly, of great price.

see GREEK for 4183

see GREEK for 5092

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

πολύτιμος, ον

Adj

of great value

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

πολύτιμος polytimos 3x

of great price, costly, precious, Mt. 13:46; Jn. 12:3; 1 Pet. 1:7*

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

πολύτιμος πολύ-τι_μος, ον, τιμή very costly, Anth., Babr.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Adj-GSF — Adjective · genitive · singular · feminine
genitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular feminine.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

A-GSF Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Feminine

Bible dictionarieson the English sense

International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

pris: Represents various words in the Old Testament; time, is the usual Greek word for "price" in the New Testament. "Of great price" is polutimos, in Mt 13:46, and poluteles, in 1Pe 3:4. The verb occurs in Zec 11:13 the King James Version and the English Revised Version as "prised." The spelling "prized" in the American Standard Revised Version and some editions of the King James Version is due to a confusion with "prize." For "price of a dog" (De 23:18 the King James Version) see DOG.

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

33%more precious

more precious33% · 1×very precious33% · 1×great price33% · 1×

3 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 3 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

object67%subject33%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 3 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

εἷςone

δέbut, on the othe

πιστικόςgenuine, pure

νάρδοςspikenard, a per

πίστιςfaith, belief, trust

ὁArticle the

πολύτιμοςof great price3×

what comes after →

μαργαρίτηςa pearl

ἀπέρχομαιI come or go awa

ἀλείφωI anoint

ὁArticle the

χρυσίονa golden ornament

ὁArticle the

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceπολύτιμος · 3× in the New Testament

1 Peter John Matthew

Across the New Testament3 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

1st c. AD 6th c. AD

P.Oxy. 45 3250OxyrhynchosAD 63

διεραμάτων τοῦ Ἑρμοπολείτου ὄντων πρὸς τὸν Ἀνουβᾶν, τῶν δὲ τοῦ Ὀξυρυγχείτου ὄντων πρὸς τὸν Πολύτιμον. τὸν δὲ ἄρακα παραδότω τῷ Πολυτίμῳ ἢ τοῖς παρʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ τῆς Λιλῆ

P.Cair. Masp. 3 67295Antinoopolis (?)AD 551–AD 600

θηριῶδες ἐκείνης τῆς φύσεως, ὅπως ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ οἴκου πάντα τὰ κινητὰ μετέθηκεν, ἀπὸ πολυτίμου ἕως ἐλαχίστου, εἰς οὓς ἐβουλήθη τόπους, ἐμοῦ κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξανδρέων τὴν διαδιδασκαλίαν ποιουμένου τῶν

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

ἤλειψενaleiphō anointed G218 Verb · aorist · active · indicative · third person · singular ¶

9× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

commoner in John than anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

To anoint means to put oil or perfume on someone, like in Matthew 6:17 and Mark 6:13. It's used to show respect or honor, and is also used in religious rituals. The KJV translates it as 'anoint'.

Amplified meaning

poured oil on, honored

Tyndale gloss

to anoint

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word ἀλείφω (*aleipho*) means 'to anoint' and is derived from a root related to oil. It covers the act of anointing with oil or ointment, often in a ceremonial context, as seen in various New Testament passages like Matthew 6:17 and John 12:3. Some lexicons note a distinction between ἀλείφω and similar terms like χρίω, suggesting different connotations in sacred versus mundane contexts.

Trench, Synonyms of the New Testament — ἔλαιον, μύρον, ἀλείφω from a scan

Some have denied that the O. T. knows of any distinction between ‘oil’ and ‘ointment;’ and this on the very insufficient grounds that the Septuagint renders }2W sometimes by μύρον (Prov. xxvii. 9; Cant. i.3; Isai. xxxix. 2; Am. vi. 6); though more frequently, indeed times out of number, by ἔλαιον. But how often in a single word of one language are latent two of another; especially when that other abounds, as does Greek compared with Hebrew, in finer distinctions, in a more subtle notation of meanings ; παροιμία and παραβολή furnish a well-known example of this, both lying in the Hebrew Syn ; and this duplicity of meaning it is the part of a well-skilled translator to evoke. Nay the thing itself, the μύρον (=‘ unguentum’), so naturally grew out of the ἔλαιον (=‘oleum’), having oil for its base, with only the addition of spice or scent or other aromatic ingredients,—Clement of Alexandria…

Read the full entry →

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ἀλείφω

(cf. λίπος, oil),

[in LXX: Ge 31:13, Ex 40:15, Nu 3:3 (משׁח), Ez 13:10 ff. (טוח), Ru 3:3, II Ki 12:20 14:2, IV Ki 4:2, II Ch 28:15, Mi 6:15, Da LXX TH 10:3 (סוךְ), Es 2:12, Jth 16:8*;]

to anoint, festally or in homage: c. acc rei or pers., Mt 6:17, Jo 12:3, Mk 16:1; seq. dat., ἐλαίῳ, Mk 6:13, Ja 5:14; μύρῳ,

Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ἀλείφω : impf. ἤλειφον; 1 aor. ἤλειψα; 1 aor. mid. impv. ἄλειψαι; [allied with λίπτος grease; cf. Curtius § 340; Vanicek p. 811; Peile p. 407; fr. Hom. down]; to anoint: twa or τί, Mk. xvi. 1; Jn. xii. 3; τινά or τί τινι [W. 227 (213)], as ἐλαίῳ, Lk. vii. 46"; Mk. vi. 13; Jas. v. 14; μύρῳ, Jn. xi. 2; Lk. vii. 38, 46%; Mid.: Mt. vi. 17 (lit. ‘anoint for thyself thy head,’ unge tibi caput tuum; cf. W. 257 (242); B. 192 (166 sq.)). Cf. Win. RWB. 5. v. Salbe; [B.D. or McC. and S. 5. v. Anoint, ete. SYN. : “ ἀλείφειν 151}16 mundane and profane, χρίειν the sacred and religious, word.” Trench ὃ xxxviii. Comp. : ἐξεαλείφω }.

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ἀλείφω. Passim in papyri, e.g. P Fay 1215 (c. A.D. 100) ὃ καὶ ἀλείψεις ἐπιμελῶς, “ which you will carefully grease,” of a yoke-band. We find statues (ἀνδριάντες) the objects in BGU 11. 362% 16 x 17 (Α.1). 215). In P Oxy III. 52810 t (ii/A.D.) a man, whose wife had gone away, writes to her that since they had bathed together a month before, he had never bathed nor anointed himself—otK ἐλουσάμην οὐκ ἤλιμε (Δ ἤλειμμαι). A curiously spelt perfect ἐνήλεπα from ἐναλείφω is found in a somewhat similar connexion in P Oxy II. 29415 (A.D. 22). Cf. also a third-century inscription in honour of a gymnasiarch, φιλοτίμως ἀλείφοντι (Milne /#S 1901, p. 284), noted by the editors on P Oxy III. 473° (A.D. 138-60), where we find the substantive ἄλειμμα. Cf. also OG/S 591° (iii/B.c.) ὅπως ἔχωσιν els τε τὰς θυσίας kal τὸ ἄλειμμα δαπανᾶν. For the phrase “‘ free from erasure” cf. BGU II. 6662 (a.p. 177) ἐστὶν…

Read the full entry →

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ἀλείφω (aleiphō) — to anoint.

ἀλείφω,

[Refs 5th c.BC+]: future -ψω[LXX], (ἐξ-) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἤλειψα[Refs 8th c.BC+], Attic dialect, Epic dialect ἄλειψα[Refs 8th c.BC+]perfect ἀλήλῐφα (ἀπ-) [Refs 4th c.BC+]:—middle, future -ψομαι[Refs 5th c.BC+]aorist ἠλειψάμην Attic dialect, Epic dialect ἀλ-[Refs 8th c.BC+] —passive, future ἀλειφθήσομαι (ἐξ-) [Refs 4th c.BC+]: aorist 1 ἠλείφθην[Refs 5th c.BC+]aorist 2 ἐξ-ηλίφην variant in [Refs 5th c.BC+], (ἀπ-) [Refs 5th c.BC+], (ἐξ-, ὑπ-) [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—anoint the skin with oil, as was done after bathing, active referring to another, middle to oneself, λοῦσαι κέλετ᾽ ἀμφί τ᾽ ἀλεῖψαι[Refs 8th c.BC+]: later of anointing for gymnastic exercises, λίπα μετὰ τοῦ γυμνάζεσθαι ἠλείψαντο[Refs 6th c.BC+]; of anointing the sick, [NT+4th…

Read the full entry →

Strong's Greek Dictionary

ἀλείφω

aleipho

from 1 (as particle of union) and the base of 3045; to oil (with

perfume):--anoint.

see GREEK for 1

see GREEK for 3045

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ἀλείφω

v.

I anoint

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ἀλείφω aleiphō 9x

to anoint with oil or ointment

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ἀλείφω From Root !lip, with α prefixed, v. λίπος to anoint with oil, oil the skin, as was done after bathing, or before gymnastic exercises, the Act. referring to the act of another, Mid. to oneself, Il.; often with λίπα added (v. λίπα):— metaph. to prepare as if for gymnastics, to stimulate, Plat., etc.

like ἐπαλείφω, to plaster, οὔατα ἀλεῖψαι to stop up the ears, Od.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Verb-AAI-3S — Verb · aorist · active · indicative · third person · singular
aorist active indicative — a completed action, viewed as a whole.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

V-AAI-3S Part of Speech: Verb Tense: Aorist Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Singular

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

22%having anointed

having anointed22% · 2×anointing22% · 2×anointed22% · 2×do anoint yourself11% · 1×they may anoint11% · 1×you did anoint11% · 1×

9 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 6 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

verb100%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 9 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

καίand, even, also, nam

ἐκβάλλωI throw, cast, pαὐτός

νηστεύωI fast

δέbut, on the othe

ἔρχομαιI come, go

ἵναin order that, s

οὐNeg

ἐγώ

μύρονanointing-oil, ointm

δέbut, on the othe

ἀλείφωanointed9×

what comes after →

ὁArticle the

πούςthe footμύρονanointing-oil, oκύριοςlord, Lord, mast

ἔλαιονolive oil

πολύςmuch, many, ofteἐν

σύ

ὁArticle the

αὐτός

οὗτος

δέbut, on the othe

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceἀλείφω · 9× in the New Testament

Luke John Mark James Matthew

Across the New Testament5 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance

μύρονanointing-oil, ointment×πούςthe foot×κεφαλήthe head×πολύςmuch, many, often×ἔλαιονolive oil×

The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

טוּחַover-spread, over-lay, coat, besmear H2902b טָחַח be40%H2902 · 6 verses תָּפֵלtasteless, unseasoned; fig. of unsatisfying propheci33%H8602 · 5 verses H5480 [סוּךְ, סִיךְ] pour in anointing, anoint26%H5480 · 4 verses

Counted over the 15 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century

Philo of Alexandria

Philo of AlexandriaWho is the Heir of Divine Things 123c. AD 40

25, 2) φησὶ διδοὺς τὰ πρέπονθ’ ἑαυτῷ καὶ προτρέπων τὰ δοθέντα μὴ κιβδηλεύειν, ἀλλ’ ἀξίως τοῦ δόντος φυλάττειν, αὖθις δ’ ἐν ἑτέροις ὁ μηδενὸς χρεῖος ὢν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο λαμβάνων μηδὲν ὁμολογήσει λαμβάνειν, ἕνεκα τοῦ πρὸς εὐσέβειαν ἀλεῖψαι καὶ προθυμίαν…

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

3rd c. BC 8th c. AD

P.Iand. Zen. 19Philadelphia (Arsinoites)255 BC

κλεῖν α δραχμ β τετρώβολ … … τηιεις τὸν βῶλον τοῦ … οἰκοδομῆσαι καὶ ἀλεῖψαι καὶ … δραχμ α … ἔρρωσο. ἔτους λα Χοιὰχ ι

P.Lond. 4 1394Aphrodites Kome (Antaiopolites)AD 708–AD 709

τι δʼ ἂν ἀνύεις ἐξ αὐτῶν κατὰ πρόσβασιν ἀμελλητὶ ὅπως μὴ ἀναγκασθῶμεν ἀποστεῖλαι … ἀλεῖψαί σε περὶ τούτου … … … … … διὰ τῆς διοικήσεώς σου τ

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

τοὺςho the G3588 Article · accusative · plural · masculine ¶

19,783× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

about as common in John as anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

The Greek word for 'the' or 'this', used to point out a specific person or thing, like in Acts 17:28. It can also mean 'he', 'she', or 'it'.

Tyndale gloss

the/this/who

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The definite article — the commonest word in the Greek New Testament at 19,867 occurrences. Greek uses it more freely than English does and can drop it deliberately, so its presence and its absence both carry weight for a translator; but no single occurrence carries a message of its own. Here it simply gathers “the things” into one definite bundle.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὁ, ἡ, τό,

the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article.

As demonstr. pron.

As freq. in Hom., absol., he (she, it), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus).

Distributive, ὁ μὲν . . . ὁ δέ, the one . . . the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν . . . ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀ . . . ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23.

Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὁ 435 ὁ tives of quantity, ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς, see each in its own place. d. What has been said concerning adjectives holds true also of all other limitations added to substantives, as ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro. ix. 11; ἡ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, Ro. xi. 27; 6 λόγος 6 τοῦ σταυροῦ, 1 Co. i. 18; ἡ εἰς Χριστὸν πίστις, Col. ii. 5; on the other hand, ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 1 Th. i. 8; τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους, 2 Co. viii. 4; see many other exx. of each usage in W. 131 (124) sqq.; [B. 91 (80) sqq.]. e. The noun has the article before it when a demonstrative pronoun (υὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging to it either precedes or follows [W. § 18, 4; B. § 127, 29-31]; as, ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, Jn. ix. 24 [οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρ. 1, Tr mrg. WH); Acts vi. 13; xxii. 26; ὁ λαὸς οὗτος, Mt. xv. 8; 6 vids σου οὗτος, Lk. xv. 30; plur. Lk. xxiv. 17, and numberless other exx.; οὗτος 6 ἄνθρωπος, Lk. xiv. 30; οὗτος ὁ…

Read the full entry →

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὃ, ἡ τό. (1) Apart from connexion with μέν or δέ (see below) the demonstrative use of the art. in the NT is confined to a poetical quotation Ac 1778, but it is not uncommon in the papyri, e.g. P Par 45® (B.C. 153) (= Witkowski®, p. 85) τὰ (for ἃ) πράσεις (Δ πράσσεις), P Oxy VIII. 1160! (iii/iv A.D.) Ta (for ἃ) σεσύλληχα (for συνείληχα) δὲ κέρμα {ταν τηρῶ αὐτὰ εἰς τὴν δίκην, “1 am keeping for the trial the money that I have collected” (Ed.). For the distributive Opéev.. - 6 8€, as in 1 Cor7’, cf. P Lond 535 (B.c. 161) (=I. p. 19, U.P.Z. i. p. 239) kal τὰ μὲν ἡμῶν ἐληφότων εἰς τὴν γινομένην ἡμῖν συντάξειν, τὰ δ᾽ ἔτι διὰ τὴν τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων {(.. ... > παρελκομένων. (2) The use of the art. as a relative, of which there is no trace in the NT, may again be illustrated by the following papyrus citations from ¢c. A.D. 346—P Lond 414® (= II. Ῥ. 292) γεινῴσκιν oe θέλω περὶ τοῦ βρεουίου…

Read the full entry →

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὁ (ho) — the/this/who.

ὁ,

ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

__A demonstrative Pronoun.

__B in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article.

__C in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive…

Read the full entry →

Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὁ ἡ τό

ho

he hay, and the neuter

to to

in all their inflections; the definite article; the (sometimes to be

supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one,

he, she, it, etc.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὁ, ἡ, τό

Article

the

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὁ ho 19x

the prepositive article, answering, to a considerable extent, to the English definite article; but, for the principle and facts of its usage, consult a grammar; ὁ μὲν ... ὁ δέ, the one ... the other, Phil. 1:16, 17; Heb. 7:5, 6, 20, 21, 23, 24; pl. some ... others, Mt. 13:23; 22:5, 6; ὁ δέ, but he, Mt. 4:4; 12:48; οἱ δέ, but others, Mt. 28:17; used, in a poetic quotation, for a personal pronoun, Acts 17:28

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὁ the, that

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is

demonstr. Pronoun.

the definite Article.

in epic, the relative Pronoun, when it is written with the accent ὅ, ἥ, τό ῀ ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. Besides the common forms, note epic gen. sg. τοῖο for τοῦ; pl. nom. τοί, ταί; gen. fem. τάων [α^], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι; dual gen, and dat. τοῖιν:— in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν . . , τοὶ δέ . . , for οἱ μέν . . , οἱ δέ . . ; dat. pl. also τοῖσι, ταῖσι: the dual has commonly but one gender, τώ for τά, τοῖν for ταῖν.

DEMONSTR. PRONOUN:

joined with a Subst., not as the Art., but like Lat. ille, ὁ Τυδείδης Tydeus's famous son, Il.; Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων Nestor— that aged man, id. Il.; τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, id. Il.

Read the full entry →

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Art-APM — Article · accusative · plural · masculine
accusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked plural masculine.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

T-APM Part of Speech: definite arTicle Case: Accusative Number: Plural Gender: Masculine

English usagewhat the translators’ English meant

Webster's Dictionary (1828), Webster's Unabridged (1913), Webster's Dictionary (1806)

THE, an adjective or definitive adjective.

1. This adjective is used as a definitive, that is, before nouns which are specific or understood; or it is used to limit their signification to a specific thing or things, or to describe them; as the laws of the twelve tables. the independent tribunals of justice in our country, are the security or private rights, and the best bulwark against arbitrary power. the sun is the source of light and heat.

This he calls the preaching of the cross.

2. the is also used rhetorically before a noun in the singular number, to denote a species by way of distinction; a single thing representing the whole. the fig tree putteth forth her green figs; the almond tree shall flourish; the grasshopper shall be a burden.

3. In poetry, the sometimes loses the final vowel before another vowel.

Th' adorning thee with so much art,

Is but a barb'rous skill.

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

64%the

the64% · 13160×<the>28% · 5846×those3% · 597×other renderings4% · 788×other renderings1% · 294×

20,685 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 83 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

subject34%adverbial32%object24%predicate5%indirect object4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 19,783 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

καίand, even, also, nam

αὐτόςεἰμίI am, existἐγώ

ἐν

καίand, even, also,αὐτόςὁArticle the

εἰς

αὐτόςεἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inἔρχομαιI come, go

αὐτός

λέγωI say, speakδέbut, on the otheπρός

εἰμίI am, exist

οὗτοςσύἐγώ

ὁthe19783×

what comes after →

θεόςGod, a god

ὁArticle theκαίand, even, also,ἐγώ

δέbut, on the other ha

λέγωI say, speakἸησοῦςJesusἀποκρίνομαιI answer, reply

ἸησοῦςJesus

λέγωI say, speakκαίand, even, also,ὁArticle the

κύριοςlord, Lord, master,

ἐγώἸησοῦςJesusὁArticle the

πατήρfather, Father, ance

ἐγώσύαὐτός

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceὁ · 19,783× in the New Testament

Matthew Acts Luke John Revelation Mark Romans 1 Corinthians Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

40 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century

Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas

Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. BC 6th c. AD

P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος Νεχούτου.

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

πόδαςpous feet G4228 Noun · accusative · plural · masculine ¶

93× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

about as common in John as anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

The Greek word for 'foot' is used literally and figuratively in the Bible, as seen in Matthew 4:6 and Mark 9:45. It can refer to a person's foot or an animal's foot, and is also used symbolically in Romans 16:20 and 1 Corinthians 15:25.

Amplified meaning

a symbol of humility, a sign of respect

Tyndale gloss

foot

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

πούς (pous) means 'foot' and can refer to the feet of both humans and animals. It appears in various contexts in the New Testament, including metaphoric uses related to movement and authority, such as being under someone's feet (Romans 16:20). The word is built from a primary root and is used in phrases that denote proximity or action, reflecting its significance in both literal and figurative language.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

πούς, ποδός, ὁ,

[in LXX chiefly for רֶגֶל;]

a foot, both of men and beasts: Mt 4:6(LXX), Mk 9:45, Lk 1:79, Jo 11:44, Ac 7:5, al.; ὑπο τοὺς π., Ro 16:20, I Co 15:25, 27, Eph 1:22, He 2:8; ὑποκάτω τῶν π., Mt 22:44(LXX); πρὸς (παρὰ) τοὺς π., Mk 5:22, Lk 8:41, al.; fig., Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

πούς (not ποῦς, see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 765; Gétiling, Accentl. p. 244; [Chandler, Grk. Accentuation, § 566]; W. § 6, 1d.; Lipsius, Gram. Untersuch. p.48), ποδός, 6, [allied νυ. πέδον, πέζα, Lat. pes, etc.; Curtius § 291; Vanivek p. 473], dat. plur. ποσίν, fr. Hom. down, Hebr. 939; a foot, both of men and of beasts: Mt. iv. 6; vii. 6; xxii. 13; Mk. ix.45; Lk.i. 79; Jn. xi.44; Acts vii.5; 1 Co. xii. 15; Rev. x. 2, and often. From the oriental practice of placing the foot upon the vanquished (Josh. x. 24), come the foll. expressions: ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας συντρίβειν (q: ν.) τινά, Ro. xvi. 20; ὑποτάσσειν τινά, 1 Co. xv. 27; Eph. i. 22; Heb. ii. 8; τιθέναι, 1 Co. xv. 25; τιθέναι τινὰ ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν, Mt. xxii. 441, T Tr WH; ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν, Mt. xxii. 44 RG; Mk. xii. 36 [here WH ὑποκάτω τ. 7]; Lk. xx. 43; Actsii. 35; Heb. i. 13; x.13; disciples listening to their teacher’s instruction are said…

Read the full entry →

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

πούς (pous) — foot.

πούς, ὁ, ποδός, ποδί, πόδα

(not ποῦν, Thom.Mag.p.257 R.): dative plural ποσί, Epic dialect and Lyric poetry ποσσί (also [Refs 5th c.BC+] once πόδεσι [Refs 5th c.BC+] Epic dialect ποδοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—Doric dialect nominative πός (compare ἀρτίπος, πούλυπος, etc.) [Refs], but πούς [Refs]; πῶς· πός, ὑπὸ Δωριέων, [Refs 5th c.AD+] (perhaps πός· πούς, ὑ.Δ.); Laconian dialect πόρ, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]:—foot, both of men and beasts, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in plural, also, a bird's talons, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; arms or feelers of a polypus, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: properly the foot from the ankle down wards, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ξύλινος π., of an artificial foot, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but also of the leg with the foot, as χείρ for the arm and hand, [Refs 8th…

Read the full entry →

Strong's Greek Dictionary

πούς

pous

a primary word; a "foot" (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

πούς, ποδός, ὁ

n.m.

the foot

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

πούς pous 93x

the foot, Mt. 4:6; 5:35; 7:6; 22:44; 28:9; Lk. 1:79; Acts 5:9; Rom. 3:15

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

πούς a foot, Lat. pes, pedis, Hom., etc.; in pl., also, a bird's talons, Od.; the arms of a polypus, Hes.; ξύλινος π., of an artificial foot, Hdt.: phrases in respect to the footrace, περιγιγνόμεθ᾽ ἄλλων πόδεσσιν, to be better than others in running, Od.; ποσὶν ἐρίζειν to race on foot, Il.; ποσὶ νικᾶν, ἀέθλια ποσσὶν ἄροντο Hom.:—the dat. ποσί is added to all kinds of Verbs denoting motion, ποσὶ βῆναι, δραμεῖν, ὀρχεῖσθαι, etc.; for πόδα βαίνειν, v. βαίνω A. II. 3:—metaph., νόστιμον ναῦς ἐκίνησεν πόδα started on its homeward way, Eur.

as a mark of close proximity, πρόσθεν ποδός or ποδῶν, προπάροιθε ποδῶν just before one, Hom.; πὰρ ποδί close at hand, Pind.; but, παρά or πὰρ ποδός off-hand, at once, Theogn.:—so, παρὰ πόδα in a…

Read the full entry →

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Noun-APM — Noun · accusative · plural · masculine
accusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked plural masculine.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-APM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Accusative Number: Plural Gender: Masculine

Bible dictionarieson the English sense

Nave's Topical Bible

→ Bells worn on Isa 3:16,18

→ Washing of, as an example, by Jesus Joh 13:4-14

→ Sitting at De 33:3; Lu 10:39; Ac 22:3

→ See ABLUTION

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

91%feet

feet91% · 86×foot6% · 6×other renderings2% · 2×

94 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 4 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

adverbial42%object39%subject11%predicate3%second object3%indirect object2%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 93 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

ὁArticle the

παράπρόςκαίand, even, also,

δύο

ἤDisjὁArticle the

αὐτός

δέωI bind

ἐπί

ἐγώ

βῆμαthe space covered by

οὐδέNeg

πούςfeet93×

what comes after →

αὐτός

καίand, even, also,ὁArticle theὡςas, like as, how

σύ

σκανδαλίζωI cause to stumbεἰςἀποτινάσσωI shake off

ὁArticle the

ἀπόστολοςan apostle, a meἸησοῦςJesusκύριοςlord, Lord, mast

καίand, even, also, nam

ὁArticle theχείρa handπροσκυνέωI worship

ἐγώ

εἰςὅτιthat, since, becμόνοςalone, but, only

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceπούς · 93× in the New Testament

Acts Luke John Revelation Matthew Mark 1 Corinthians Hebrews Romans Ephesians 1 Timothy

Across the New Testament11 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance

παρά×νίπτωI wash×ὑποπόδιονa footstool×χείρa hand×ὑποκάτωunderneath×προσκυνέωI worship×πίπτωI fall, fall under×τίθημιI put, place×

The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

רֶ֫גֶלfoot70%H7272 · 108 verses

Counted over the 153 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century

Philo of Alexandria Josephus The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas

Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 163c. AD 40

11,22)—ἑρπετὸν δ’ ἐστὶν ἔχον ἀνωτέρω σκέλη τῶν ποδῶν, οἷς ἀπὸ γῆς πέφυκε πηδᾶν καὶ μετέωρον αἴρεσθαι καθάπερ τὸ τῶν ἀκρίδων γένος —·

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.50c. AD 75–95

ἀφείλετο δὲ καὶ τὸν ὄφιν τὴν φωνὴν ὀργισθεὶς ἐπὶ τῇ κακοηθείᾳ τῇ πρὸς τὸν Ἄδαμον καὶ ἰὸν ἐντίθησιν ὑπὸ τὴν γλῶτταν αὐτῷ πολέμιον ἀποδείξας ἀνθρώποις καὶ ὑποθέμενος κατὰ τῆς κεφαλῆς φέρειν τὰς πληγάς, ὡς ἐν ἐκείνῃ τοῦ τε κακοῦ τοῦ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους…

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 12.10c. AD 100

ἐπεὶ οὖν μέλλουσιν λέγειν, ὅτι Χριστὸς υἱὸς Δαυείδ ἐστιν, αὐτὸς προφητεύει Δαυείδ, φοβούμενος καὶ συνίων τὴν πλάνην τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν: Εἷπεν κύριος τῷ κυρίῳ μου: Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 4th c. AD 6th c. AD 7th c. AD

P.Lond. 2 p. 203-204 no. 142Karanis (Arsinoites)AD 95

Σεμπρώνιος Γέμελλος στρατιώτης λεγιῶνος τρίτης Κυρηναικῆς κεντυρίας Πομπωνίου Σεουήρου ὡς ἐτῶν τεσσαράκοντα οὐλὴ ἀστραγάλωι ποδὸς ἀριστεροῦ Μικκάλωι Πτολεμαίου ὡς ἐτῶν τεσσαράκοντα πέντε οὐλὴ μετώπῳ μέσωι ὑπὸ τρίχα ἀπέχειν παρʼ

P.Fay. 155 descr.Bakchias (ArsinoitesAD 136

εως μητρὸς … … ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀρσινοιτῶν πόλεως ἐτῶν … οὐλὴ ἀστραγάλωι ποδὸς ἀριστεροῦ χρῆσιν ἔντοκον κεφαλαίου ἀργυρίου δραχμὰς τεσσαράκοντα ὀκτὼ ἃς καὶ ἀποδώσει ἐν μηνὶ Φαῶφι

P.Fay. 200 descr.Bakchias (Arsinoites)AD 173

Βακχιάδος Διόσκορος Ζωίλου τοῦ Ζωίλου μητρὸς Θερμούθεως … … … μονος τετ … … πους τοὺς

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

τοῦho <the> G3588 Article · genitive · singular · masculine ¶

19,783× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

about as common in John as anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

The Greek word for 'the' or 'this', used to point out a specific person or thing, like in Acts 17:28. It can also mean 'he', 'she', or 'it'.

Tyndale gloss

the/this/who

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The definite article — the commonest word in the Greek New Testament at 19,867 occurrences. Greek uses it more freely than English does and can drop it deliberately, so its presence and its absence both carry weight for a translator; but no single occurrence carries a message of its own. Here it simply gathers “the things” into one definite bundle.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὁ, ἡ, τό,

the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article.

As demonstr. pron.

As freq. in Hom., absol., he (she, it), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus).

Distributive, ὁ μὲν . . . ὁ δέ, the one . . . the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν . . . ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀ . . . ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23.

Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὁ 435 ὁ tives of quantity, ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς, see each in its own place. d. What has been said concerning adjectives holds true also of all other limitations added to substantives, as ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro. ix. 11; ἡ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, Ro. xi. 27; 6 λόγος 6 τοῦ σταυροῦ, 1 Co. i. 18; ἡ εἰς Χριστὸν πίστις, Col. ii. 5; on the other hand, ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 1 Th. i. 8; τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους, 2 Co. viii. 4; see many other exx. of each usage in W. 131 (124) sqq.; [B. 91 (80) sqq.]. e. The noun has the article before it when a demonstrative pronoun (υὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging to it either precedes or follows [W. § 18, 4; B. § 127, 29-31]; as, ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, Jn. ix. 24 [οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρ. 1, Tr mrg. WH); Acts vi. 13; xxii. 26; ὁ λαὸς οὗτος, Mt. xv. 8; 6 vids σου οὗτος, Lk. xv. 30; plur. Lk. xxiv. 17, and numberless other exx.; οὗτος 6 ἄνθρωπος, Lk. xiv. 30; οὗτος ὁ…

Read the full entry →

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὃ, ἡ τό. (1) Apart from connexion with μέν or δέ (see below) the demonstrative use of the art. in the NT is confined to a poetical quotation Ac 1778, but it is not uncommon in the papyri, e.g. P Par 45® (B.C. 153) (= Witkowski®, p. 85) τὰ (for ἃ) πράσεις (Δ πράσσεις), P Oxy VIII. 1160! (iii/iv A.D.) Ta (for ἃ) σεσύλληχα (for συνείληχα) δὲ κέρμα {ταν τηρῶ αὐτὰ εἰς τὴν δίκην, “1 am keeping for the trial the money that I have collected” (Ed.). For the distributive Opéev.. - 6 8€, as in 1 Cor7’, cf. P Lond 535 (B.c. 161) (=I. p. 19, U.P.Z. i. p. 239) kal τὰ μὲν ἡμῶν ἐληφότων εἰς τὴν γινομένην ἡμῖν συντάξειν, τὰ δ᾽ ἔτι διὰ τὴν τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων {(.. ... > παρελκομένων. (2) The use of the art. as a relative, of which there is no trace in the NT, may again be illustrated by the following papyrus citations from ¢c. A.D. 346—P Lond 414® (= II. Ῥ. 292) γεινῴσκιν oe θέλω περὶ τοῦ βρεουίου…

Read the full entry →

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὁ (ho) — the/this/who.

ὁ,

ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

__A demonstrative Pronoun.

__B in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article.

__C in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive…

Read the full entry →

Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὁ ἡ τό

ho

he hay, and the neuter

to to

in all their inflections; the definite article; the (sometimes to be

supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one,

he, she, it, etc.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὁ, ἡ, τό

Article

the

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὁ ho 19x

the prepositive article, answering, to a considerable extent, to the English definite article; but, for the principle and facts of its usage, consult a grammar; ὁ μὲν ... ὁ δέ, the one ... the other, Phil. 1:16, 17; Heb. 7:5, 6, 20, 21, 23, 24; pl. some ... others, Mt. 13:23; 22:5, 6; ὁ δέ, but he, Mt. 4:4; 12:48; οἱ δέ, but others, Mt. 28:17; used, in a poetic quotation, for a personal pronoun, Acts 17:28

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὁ the, that

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is

demonstr. Pronoun.

the definite Article.

in epic, the relative Pronoun, when it is written with the accent ὅ, ἥ, τό ῀ ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. Besides the common forms, note epic gen. sg. τοῖο for τοῦ; pl. nom. τοί, ταί; gen. fem. τάων [α^], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι; dual gen, and dat. τοῖιν:— in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν . . , τοὶ δέ . . , for οἱ μέν . . , οἱ δέ . . ; dat. pl. also τοῖσι, ταῖσι: the dual has commonly but one gender, τώ for τά, τοῖν for ταῖν.

DEMONSTR. PRONOUN:

joined with a Subst., not as the Art., but like Lat. ille, ὁ Τυδείδης Tydeus's famous son, Il.; Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων Nestor— that aged man, id. Il.; τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, id. Il.

Read the full entry →

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Art-GSM — Article · genitive · singular · masculine
genitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular masculine.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

T-GSM Part of Speech: definite arTicle Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Masculine

English usagewhat the translators’ English meant

Webster's Dictionary (1828), Webster's Unabridged (1913), Webster's Dictionary (1806)

THE, an adjective or definitive adjective.

1. This adjective is used as a definitive, that is, before nouns which are specific or understood; or it is used to limit their signification to a specific thing or things, or to describe them; as the laws of the twelve tables. the independent tribunals of justice in our country, are the security or private rights, and the best bulwark against arbitrary power. the sun is the source of light and heat.

This he calls the preaching of the cross.

2. the is also used rhetorically before a noun in the singular number, to denote a species by way of distinction; a single thing representing the whole. the fig tree putteth forth her green figs; the almond tree shall flourish; the grasshopper shall be a burden.

3. In poetry, the sometimes loses the final vowel before another vowel.

Th' adorning thee with so much art,

Is but a barb'rous skill.

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

64%the

the64% · 13160×<the>28% · 5846×those3% · 597×other renderings4% · 788×other renderings1% · 294×

20,685 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 83 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

subject34%adverbial32%object24%predicate5%indirect object4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 19,783 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

καίand, even, also, nam

αὐτόςεἰμίI am, existἐγώ

ἐν

καίand, even, also,αὐτόςὁArticle the

εἰς

αὐτόςεἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inἔρχομαιI come, go

αὐτός

λέγωI say, speakδέbut, on the otheπρός

εἰμίI am, exist

οὗτοςσύἐγώ

ὁ<the>19783×

what comes after →

θεόςGod, a god

ὁArticle theκαίand, even, also,ἐγώ

δέbut, on the other ha

λέγωI say, speakἸησοῦςJesusἀποκρίνομαιI answer, reply

ἸησοῦςJesus

λέγωI say, speakκαίand, even, also,ὁArticle the

κύριοςlord, Lord, master,

ἐγώἸησοῦςJesusὁArticle the

πατήρfather, Father, ance

ἐγώσύαὐτός

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceὁ · 19,783× in the New Testament

Matthew Acts Luke John Revelation Mark Romans 1 Corinthians Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

40 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century

Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas

Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. BC 6th c. AD

P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος Νεχούτου.

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

ἸησοῦIēsous of Jesus G2424 Noun · genitive · singular · masculine ¶

913× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

commoner in John than anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

Jesus is the Greek name for Joshua, which means God is salvation. It is used to refer to Jesus Christ, the son of God, as well as other Israelites with the same name. The name Jesus appears over 900 times in the New Testament.

Tyndale gloss

Joshua

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word Ἰησοῦς (*Iēsous*) refers primarily to Jesus, the Savior, and is derived from the Hebrew name Joshua or Jehoshua. It appears frequently in the New Testament, denoting Jesus Christ, and also refers to other figures named Jesus, such as Jesus, son of Eliezer, and Jesus Justus. The entries consistently identify it as a common name among Israelites.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

Ἰησοῦς, -οῦ, dat., voc. -οῦ, acc., -οῦν (Heb. יְהוֹשׁוּעַ, יְהֹשֻׁעַ, יֵשׁוּעַ),

JESUS: Mt 1:21, al.; ὁ Ἰ, Mt 3:13, al.; Ἰ. Χριστός, Mt 1:1, Mk 1:1, al.; Χρ. Ἰ., Ro 2:26, al.; κύριος Ἰ., Ac 28:31, al.; Ἰησοῦ, voc., Mk 1:24, al.

Joshua: Ac 7:45, He 4:8.

Jesus, son of Eliezer: Lk 3:29.

Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

Ἰησοῦς, -οὔ, dat. -οὔ, ace. -vdv, voc. -od, [W. § 10, 1], 6, Jesus (ΠῚ and ace. to a later form jw, Syr. > ” Saas, i. e. whose help is Jehovah; Germ. Gotthilf; but later writ. gave the name the force of My31w, see Mt. i. 21, cf. Sir. xlvi. 1 Ἰησοῦς ὃς ἐγένετο κατὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ μέγας ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ, of Joshua, the successor of Moses; Philo, nom. mutat. § 21 Ἰησοῦς ἑρμηνεύεται σωτηρία κυρίου), a very Com. prop. name among the Israelites; cf. Delitzsch, Der Jesusname, in the Zeitschr. f. d. luth. Theol. for 1876, p. 209 sq. [or Talmud. Stud. xv.]. Inthe N. T. 1. Joshua [fully Jehoshua], the famous captain of the Israelites, Moses’ successor: Acts vii. 45; Heb. iv. 8. 2. Jesus, son of Eliezer, one of Christ’s ancestors: Lk. iii. 29 L T Tr WH. 3. Jesus, the Son of God, the Saviour of mankind: Mt. i. 21, 25; ΓΚ. i. 31; ii. 21, and very often; see κύριος and Χριστός. 4. Jesus…

Read the full entry →

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

Ἰησοῦς nor in language of disrespect to the established religion of our city”: see further CRE® p. 260, and Lightfoot Assays on Supernatural Religion, p. 299f., who cites an inscr. found in this very temple of Ephesus, though of a later date than the passage in Acts,—éorw ἱεροσυλία kal ἀσέβεια, ““let it be regarded as sacrilege and impiety” (Wood Zzscr. vi. I, p. 14). Other exx. of the adj. from the inscrr. are Syll 523% (iii/B.c.) ὁ δὲ εἴπας ἢ [πρήξ]ας τι παρὰ τόνδε τὸν νόμον .. . ἔστω ἱερόσυλος, 2). 6028 (iv/iii B.c.) ἢν δέ τις [τὴν στήλην] ἀφαν[(ζηι ἢ τὰ γράμματα], πασχέτω ὡς ἱερόσυλος, and 24. 680!° (Rom.). The new Menander shows several exx. of ἱερόσυλε used in abuse with a general sense (cf. ‘‘ horse-thief’’): e.g. Menandrea, p. 60 388 tep[d]ovde παῖ, Ρ. 3852: ἱερόσυλε…

Read the full entry →

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

Ἰησοῦς (Iēsous) — Jesus.

Jesus, Greek form of Hebrew Joshua or Jehoshua, Saviour , [Refs 1st c.AD] (from Middle LSJ)

Ἰησοῦς (Iēsous) — Jesus.

Jesus, Greek form of Hebrew Joshua or Jehoshua, Saviour , [Refs 1st c.AD] (from Middle LSJ)

Ἰησοῦς (Iēsous) — Joshua.

Jesus, Greek form of Hebrew Joshua or Jehoshua, Saviour , [Refs 1st c.AD] (from Middle LSJ)

Ἰησοῦς (Iēsous) — Jesus.

Jesus, Greek form of Hebrew Joshua or Jehoshua, Saviour , [Refs 1st c.AD] (from Middle LSJ)

Ἰησοῦς (Iēsous) — Joshua.

Ἰωσή, see: Ἰωσῆς - -ῆ (Rec. -ή Luk.3:29; AV, Jose; see: Ἰησοῦς, 3), and -ῆτος (Mk, ll with), ὁ,

Joses;

1. brother of our Lord: Mrk.6:3, Mat.13:55 (Rec., see…

Read the full entry →

Strong's Greek Dictionary

Ἰησοῦς

Iesous

of Hebrew origin (3091); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord

and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.

see HEBREW for 03091

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

Ἰησοῦς, οῦ, ὁ

n.m.

Jesus

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

Ἰησοῦς Iēsous 917x

a Savior, Jesus, Mt. 1:21, 25; 2:1, et al. freq.; Joshua, Acts 7:45; Heb. 4:8; Jesus, a Jewish Christian, Col. 4:11

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

Ἰησοῦς Jesus, Greek form of Hebrew Joshua or Jehoshua, Saviour, NTest.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Noun-GSM — Noun · genitive · singular · masculine
genitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular masculine.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-GSM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Masculine

Bible dictionarieson the English sense

International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

je'-zus (Iesous, for yehoshua`):

(1) Joshua, son of Nun (the King James Version Ac 7:45; Heb 4:8; compare 1 Macc 2:55; 2 Esdras 7:37).

(2) (3) High priest and Levite.

See JESHUA, 2, 5.

(4) Son of Sirach.

See SIRACH.

(5) An ancestor of Jesus (Lu 3:29, the King James Version "Jose").

(6) (7) See the next three articles.

Easton's Bible Dictionary

Jesus

(1.) Joshua, the son of Nun (Acts 7:45; Heb. 4:8; R.V., “Joshua”).

(2.) A Jewish Christian surnamed Justus (Col. 4:11).

Je’sus, the proper, as Christ is the official, name of our Lord. To distinguish him from others so called, he is spoken of as “Jesus of Nazareth” (John 18:7), and “Jesus the son of Joseph” (John 6:42).

This is the Greek form of the Hebrew name Joshua, which was originally Hoshea (Num. 13:8, 16), but changed by Moses into Jehoshua (Num. 13:16;

Smith's Bible Dictionary

called Jestus, a Christian who was with St. Paul at Rome. (Colossians 4:11) (A.D. 57.)

Hitchcock's Bible Names Dictionary

savior; deliverer

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

99%jesus

jesus99% · 979×other renderings1% · 9×

988 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 6 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

subject56%adverbial23%object14%predicate4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 913 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

ὁArticle the

αὐτόςδέbut, on the otheἀποκρίνομαιI answer, reply

Χριστόςanointed, the Messia

ἐνὁArticle theκαίand, even, also,

κύριοςlord, Lord, master,

ὁArticle theκαίand, even, also,ἐν

δέbut, on the other ha

ὁArticle theλέγωI say, speakαὐτός

ἐγώ

κύριοςlord, Lord, mastἀποστέλλωI send forth, seὁμολογίαa profession, co

Ἰησοῦςof Jesus913×

what comes after →

Χριστόςanointed, the Messia

ὁArticle theκαίand, even, also,εἰς

ὁArticle the

κύριοςlord, Lord, mastΝαζωραῖοςNazareneυἱόςa son, descenden

λέγωI say, speak

αὐτόςὁArticle theοὐNeg

καίand, even, also, nam

λέγωI say, speakὁArticle theὁράωI see, look upon

εἰς

ὁArticle theἹεροσόλυμαJerusalemχωρίονa place, piece o

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

ConcordanceἸησοῦς · 913× in the New Testament

John Matthew Luke Mark Acts Romans 1 Corinthians Philippians Ephesians 2 Corinthians Galatians 1 Thessalonians

Every reference is on the Strong's page.

Across the New Testament26 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance

Χριστόςanointed, the Messiah, the Christ×κύριοςlord, Lord, master, sir×ἀποκρίνομαιI answer, reply×ἀμήνHebr×ἀπόστολοςan apostle, a messenger, an envoy, a delegat×ΝαζωραῖοςNazarene×σωτήρa savior, deliverer, preserver×μαρτυρίαwitness, evidence, testimony×

The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

יְהוֹשׁוּעַיְהוֹשֻׁעַ, and (later) יֵשׁוּעַ86%H3091 · 37 verses מֹשֶׁהMoses, the great Hebrew leader, prophet and lawgiver37%H4872 · 16 verses נוּןfather of Joshua34%H5126 · 15 verses

Counted over the 43 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century

Josephus Ignatius of Antioch Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas Philo of Alexandria

Philo of AlexandriaOn Drunkenness 96c. AD 40

λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „ἀκούσας Ἰησοῦς τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ λαοῦ κεκραγότων εἶπε πρὸς Μωυσῆν·

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 3.49c. AD 75–95

ὁ δὲ τῆς πληθύος ἀποκρίνας πᾶν τὸ μάχιμον Ἰησοῦν ἐφίστησιν αὐτῷ Ναυήκου μὲν υἱὸν φυλῆς τῆς Ἐφραιμίτιδος, ἀνδρειότατον δὲ καὶ πόνους ὑποστῆναι γενναῖον καὶ νοῆσαί τε καὶ εἰπεῖν ἱκανώτατον καὶ θρησκεύοντα τὸν θεὸν ἐκπρεπῶς καὶ Μωυσῆν διδάσκαλον τῆς…

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 2.6c. AD 100

ταῦτα οὖν κατήργησεν, ἵνα ὁ καινὸς νόμος τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἄνευ ζυγοῦ ἀνάγκης ὤν, μὴ ἀνθρωποποίητον ἔχῃ τὴν προσφοράν.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

7th c. AD 6th c. AD 2nd c. AD 1st c. AD 4th c. AD

P.Got. 60Arsinoites (?)AD 591–AD 602

οτο Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ … … ιλείας τοῦ θειοτάτου … … Τιβερίου τοῦ ωηις

Tyche 21 (2006), p. 1-10OxyrhynchosAD 599

r ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου καὶ δεσπότου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν. ὑπατείας τοῦ αὐτοῦ εὐσεβεστάτου ἡμῶν δεσπότου ἔτους ιϛ,

P.Rain.Cent. 120ArsinoitesAD 612

r ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου καὶ δεσπότου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν. Βασιλείας τοῦ εὐσεβεστάτου καὶ φιλανθρώπου ἡμῶν δεσπότου Φλαουίου

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

καὶkai and G2532 Conjunction ¶

8,978× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

about as common in John as anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

And or also, a connecting word used to join ideas or words, like in Matthew 2:18 and Hebrews 1:1.

Tyndale gloss

and

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

καί (kai) is a conjunction meaning 'and,' used to connect words, phrases, and clauses. It serves various functions, including copulative and adjunctive uses, and can express cumulative ideas like 'also' or 'even.' The New Testament frequently employs it to link terms and sentences, as seen in verses like Matthew 2:18 and John 10:3. Abbott-Smith notes its use in both simple and complex structures, while Thayer emphasizes its role as the most common particle in the New Testament.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

καί,

conj.,

and.

Copulative.

Connecting single words;

in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.;

connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20;

joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17,

Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

καί, a conj., and; the most freq. by far of all the particles in the N. T. [On its uses see W. § 53, 3sqq.; B. 361 (310) sqq., and ef. Ellicott on Phil. iv. 12; on the difference between it and τέ see 8. v. τέ ad init. ] I. It serves as a copulative i.e. to connect (Lat. et, atque, Germ. und) ; 1. it connects single words or terms: a. univ., as of Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι, Mt. xvi. 1; ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατήρ, he who is God and Father (see θεός, 3); ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ, Lk. viii. 15; πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως, ΗΘ}. 1. 1; it is repeated before single terms, to each of which its own force and weight is thus given: ἡ υἱοθεσία καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ ai διαθῆκαι καὶ ἡ νομοθεσία καὶ ἡ λατρεία καὶ αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι, Ro. ix. 4 ; ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή, Ro. vii. 12; add, Mt. xxiii. 23; Lk. xiv. 21; Jn. xvi. 8; Acts xv. 20, 29; xxi. 25; Heb. ix. 10; Rey. v. 12; xviii. 12 sq.; ef. W. 519 sq. (484). b. it…

Read the full entry →

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

και. In LAE p. 129 ff. Deissmann discusses the thoroughly popular character of the Johannine style with its short paratactic sentences, introduced by kal. . . καί. To illustrate this, he cites amongst other exx. a Dream from the Serapeum, P Par 51 (B.C. 160) (= Selections, p. 18 ff. : see especially the amended readings in Archiv vi. p. 204), which runs—** ὦμ[ην] βατί -- δ)ίζειν pe [ἀπ]ὸ λειβὸς ἕως ἀ[ πηλι]ώτου, καὶ ἀναπίπτομαι ἐπ᾿ ἄχυρον" καὶ [ἄν]θρωπ[ος9] ἀπὸ λιβός μου, ἐχόμενός μου’ ἀναπίπτει καὶ αὐτός, καὶ ὥσπερ κεκλειμμ[évot] μου ἦσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου, καὶ ἐξαί[φνης] ἀνύγω τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς pov, καὶ ὁρῶ kTA., “ I dreamed that I was going from West to East, and I lie down upon chaff. And there | αὐτὸ (deleted in the original) Σεμφθεῖ. | ἐκ καινῆς ἐν Σομολ(ῶ)…

Read the full entry →

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

καί (kai) — and.

καί,

conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences,

__A and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and,

__A.I joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+]

Read the full entry →

Strong's Greek Dictionary

καί

kai

apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also

a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in

connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and,

also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when,

yet.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

καί

Cj.

and, even, also, namely

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

καί kai 9x

(1) and, Mt. 2:2, 3, 11; 4:22; (2) καί ... καί, both ... and; (3) as a cumulative particle, also, too, Mt. 5:39; Jn. 8:19; 1 Cor. 11:6; (4) emphatic, even, also, Mt. 10:30; 1 Cor. 2:10; in NT adversative, but, Mt. 11:19; also introductory of the apodosis of a sentence, Gal. 3:28; Jas. 2:4

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Conj — Conjunction
conjunction — it joins clauses, and never changes form.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

CONJ CONJunction or conjunctive particle

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

89%and

and89% · 8448×also8% · 714×other renderings2% · 191×other renderings1% · 124×

9,477 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 42 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

adverbial16%subject13%object10%predicate3%verb2%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 8,978 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

αὐτός

ἐνἐπίπρός

σύ

χάριςgrace, favor, kiπρόςπατήρfather, Father,

ἐγώ

πατήρfather, Father, πρόςθεόςGod, a god

εἰμίI am, exist

αὐτόςὁArticle theἐγώ

θεόςGod, a god

ὁArticle theθέλημαwill, wish, desiδέbut, on the othe

καίand8978×

what comes after →

ὁArticle the

ἀδελφόςa brotherπατήρfather, Father, μήτηρa mother

λέγωI say, speak

αὐτόςὁArticle theπρός

οὐNeg

εἰμίI am, existμήNegδύναμαιI am powerful, a

ὁράωI see, look upon, ex

ὁArticle theαὐτόςἀνήρa male human bei

ἐν

ὁArticle theπᾶςall, the whole, ὅλοςall, the whole,

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceκαί · 8,978× in the New Testament

Luke Matthew Revelation Acts Mark John 1 Corinthians Romans Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

3 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century

Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome Ignatius of Antioch

Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 4th c. AD 1st c. AD 6th c. AD

P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

1 ἔτους ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

ἐξέμαξενekmassō wiped G1591 Verb · aorist · active · indicative · third person · singular ¶

5× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

commoner in John than anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

This means to wipe something off, like in Luke 7:38 and John 12:3. It's often used to describe washing feet. The KJV translates it as 'wipe'.

Tyndale gloss

to wipe off

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word ἐκμάσσω (ekmassō) means to wipe off or wipe away. It is built from the prefix ἐκ- and a root related to kneading or wiping. The New Testament uses it in contexts of cleaning or drying, particularly in Luke and John. The lexicons do not show significant disagreement on its meaning or usage.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

** ἐκ-μάσσω

[in LXX: Si 12:11, Ep. Je13,24 *;]

to wipe off: c. acc, Lk 7:38, 44, Jo 11:2 12:3 13:5.†

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ἐκ-μάσσω ; impf. ἐξέμασσον ; 1 aor. ἐξέμαξα; to wipe off, to wipe away: with acc. of object and dat. of instrument, Lk. vii. 38,44; Jn. xi. 2; xii. 3; xiii. 5. (Soph., Eur., Hippoer., Aristot., al. Sir. xii. 11; Bar. vi. (ep. Jer.) 12, 23 (13, 24).)

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ἐκμάσσω. Kaibel 2229». 10033! :— ἔθραυσε KapBlons pe τόνδε τὸν λίθον βασιλέος ἑῴου εἰκόνα ἐκμεμαγμένον. We may add a literary reference from Herodas vi. 9 νῦν αὐτὸν ἐκμάσσεις Te Kal ποεῖς λαμπρόν, ὅτ᾽ ἐστὶ χρ[είη], λῃστρί, where Nairn renders ‘‘ wipe dry.

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ἐκμάσσω (ekmassō) — to wipe off.

ἐκμάσσω,

Attic dialect ἐκμάττω, perfect ἐκμέμᾰχα (ἐκμέμα-κα codices) conjecture in [Refs 1st c.BC+]aorist 2 passive -εμάγην [ᾰ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also aorist I participle ἐκμαχθείς [Refs 5th c.AD+]:—wipe off, wipe away, κάρᾳ κηλῖδας ἐξέμαξεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔκμασσε [τὸ αἷμα] [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—middle, wipe away one's tears, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]

2. wipe dry, ὑπὸ σπόγγου [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [τοὺς ἔμπροσθεν πόδας] ἐ. εἰς τοὺς μέσους, of bees, [Refs 4th c.BC+]

II. of an artist, mould or model in wax or plaster, αὑτὸν ἐκμάττειν τε καὶ ἐνιστάναι εἰς τοὺς τῶν κακιόνων τύπους to mould and adapt oneself to.., [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of pessaries, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—so in middle, [Refs]; ὧν ἔτι θερμὰ κονία..…

Read the full entry →

Strong's Greek Dictionary

ἐκμάσσω

ekmasso

from 1537 and the base of 3145; to knead out, i.e. (by analogy) to

wipe dry:--wipe.

see GREEK for 1537

see GREEK for 3145

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ἐκμάσσω

v.

I wipe, wipe off thoroughly

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ἐκμάσσω ekmassō 5x

to wipe off; to wipe dry, Lk. 7:38, 44; Jn. 11:2; 12:3; 13:5*

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ἐκμάσσω attic -ττω fut. ξω to wipe off, wipe away Soph., Eur.:—Mid. to wipe away one's tears, Anth.

of an artist, to mould or model in wax or plaster, Lat.exprimere, Plat.:—Mid., τοκέων ἐκμάσσεται ἴχνη he impresses anew the footsteps of his fathers, i. e. walks in their steps, Theocr.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Verb-AAI-3S — Verb · aorist · active · indicative · third person · singular
aorist active indicative — a completed action, viewed as a whole.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

V-AAI-3S Part of Speech: Verb Tense: Aorist Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Singular

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

40%wiped

wiped40% · 2×she was wiping20% · 1×having wiped20% · 1×wipe20% · 1×

5 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 4 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

verb100%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 5 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

καίand, even, also, nam

μύρονanointing-oil, oἸησοῦςJesusμαθητήςa learner, disci

αὐτός

κεφαλήthe headθρίξa hair

ἐκμάσσωwiped5×

what comes after →

ὁArticle the

πούςthe footθρίξa hairλέντιονa towel, apron

καίand, even, also, nam

καταφιλέωI kiss affection

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceἐκμάσσω · 5× in the New Testament

John Luke

Across the New Testament2 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance

θρίξa hair×

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

ταῖςho with the G3588 Article · dative · plural · feminine ¶

19,783× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

about as common in John as anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

The Greek word for 'the' or 'this', used to point out a specific person or thing, like in Acts 17:28. It can also mean 'he', 'she', or 'it'.

Tyndale gloss

the/this/who

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The definite article — the commonest word in the Greek New Testament at 19,867 occurrences. Greek uses it more freely than English does and can drop it deliberately, so its presence and its absence both carry weight for a translator; but no single occurrence carries a message of its own. Here it simply gathers “the things” into one definite bundle.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὁ, ἡ, τό,

the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article.

As demonstr. pron.

As freq. in Hom., absol., he (she, it), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus).

Distributive, ὁ μὲν . . . ὁ δέ, the one . . . the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν . . . ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀ . . . ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23.

Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὁ 435 ὁ tives of quantity, ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς, see each in its own place. d. What has been said concerning adjectives holds true also of all other limitations added to substantives, as ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro. ix. 11; ἡ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, Ro. xi. 27; 6 λόγος 6 τοῦ σταυροῦ, 1 Co. i. 18; ἡ εἰς Χριστὸν πίστις, Col. ii. 5; on the other hand, ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 1 Th. i. 8; τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους, 2 Co. viii. 4; see many other exx. of each usage in W. 131 (124) sqq.; [B. 91 (80) sqq.]. e. The noun has the article before it when a demonstrative pronoun (υὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging to it either precedes or follows [W. § 18, 4; B. § 127, 29-31]; as, ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, Jn. ix. 24 [οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρ. 1, Tr mrg. WH); Acts vi. 13; xxii. 26; ὁ λαὸς οὗτος, Mt. xv. 8; 6 vids σου οὗτος, Lk. xv. 30; plur. Lk. xxiv. 17, and numberless other exx.; οὗτος 6 ἄνθρωπος, Lk. xiv. 30; οὗτος ὁ…

Read the full entry →

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὃ, ἡ τό. (1) Apart from connexion with μέν or δέ (see below) the demonstrative use of the art. in the NT is confined to a poetical quotation Ac 1778, but it is not uncommon in the papyri, e.g. P Par 45® (B.C. 153) (= Witkowski®, p. 85) τὰ (for ἃ) πράσεις (Δ πράσσεις), P Oxy VIII. 1160! (iii/iv A.D.) Ta (for ἃ) σεσύλληχα (for συνείληχα) δὲ κέρμα {ταν τηρῶ αὐτὰ εἰς τὴν δίκην, “1 am keeping for the trial the money that I have collected” (Ed.). For the distributive Opéev.. - 6 8€, as in 1 Cor7’, cf. P Lond 535 (B.c. 161) (=I. p. 19, U.P.Z. i. p. 239) kal τὰ μὲν ἡμῶν ἐληφότων εἰς τὴν γινομένην ἡμῖν συντάξειν, τὰ δ᾽ ἔτι διὰ τὴν τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων {(.. ... > παρελκομένων. (2) The use of the art. as a relative, of which there is no trace in the NT, may again be illustrated by the following papyrus citations from ¢c. A.D. 346—P Lond 414® (= II. Ῥ. 292) γεινῴσκιν oe θέλω περὶ τοῦ βρεουίου…

Read the full entry →

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὁ (ho) — the/this/who.

ὁ,

ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

__A demonstrative Pronoun.

__B in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article.

__C in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive…

Read the full entry →

Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὁ ἡ τό

ho

he hay, and the neuter

to to

in all their inflections; the definite article; the (sometimes to be

supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one,

he, she, it, etc.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὁ, ἡ, τό

Article

the

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὁ ho 19x

the prepositive article, answering, to a considerable extent, to the English definite article; but, for the principle and facts of its usage, consult a grammar; ὁ μὲν ... ὁ δέ, the one ... the other, Phil. 1:16, 17; Heb. 7:5, 6, 20, 21, 23, 24; pl. some ... others, Mt. 13:23; 22:5, 6; ὁ δέ, but he, Mt. 4:4; 12:48; οἱ δέ, but others, Mt. 28:17; used, in a poetic quotation, for a personal pronoun, Acts 17:28

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὁ the, that

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is

demonstr. Pronoun.

the definite Article.

in epic, the relative Pronoun, when it is written with the accent ὅ, ἥ, τό ῀ ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. Besides the common forms, note epic gen. sg. τοῖο for τοῦ; pl. nom. τοί, ταί; gen. fem. τάων [α^], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι; dual gen, and dat. τοῖιν:— in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν . . , τοὶ δέ . . , for οἱ μέν . . , οἱ δέ . . ; dat. pl. also τοῖσι, ταῖσι: the dual has commonly but one gender, τώ for τά, τοῖν for ταῖν.

DEMONSTR. PRONOUN:

joined with a Subst., not as the Art., but like Lat. ille, ὁ Τυδείδης Tydeus's famous son, Il.; Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων Nestor— that aged man, id. Il.; τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, id. Il.

Read the full entry →

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Art-DPF — Article · dative · plural · feminine
dative — to, for, with — the one it is done to or by.
Agrees with anything else marked plural feminine.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

T-DPF Part of Speech: definite arTicle Case: Dative Number: Plural Gender: Feminine

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

64%the

the64% · 13160×<the>28% · 5846×those3% · 597×other renderings4% · 788×other renderings1% · 294×

20,685 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 83 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

subject34%adverbial32%object24%predicate5%indirect object4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 19,783 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

καίand, even, also, nam

αὐτόςεἰμίI am, existἐγώ

ἐν

καίand, even, also,αὐτόςὁArticle the

εἰς

αὐτόςεἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inἔρχομαιI come, go

αὐτός

λέγωI say, speakδέbut, on the otheπρός

εἰμίI am, exist

οὗτοςσύἐγώ

ὁwith the19783×

what comes after →

θεόςGod, a god

ὁArticle theκαίand, even, also,ἐγώ

δέbut, on the other ha

λέγωI say, speakἸησοῦςJesusἀποκρίνομαιI answer, reply

ἸησοῦςJesus

λέγωI say, speakκαίand, even, also,ὁArticle the

κύριοςlord, Lord, master,

ἐγώἸησοῦςJesusὁArticle the

πατήρfather, Father, ance

ἐγώσύαὐτός

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceὁ · 19,783× in the New Testament

Matthew Acts Luke John Revelation Mark Romans 1 Corinthians Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

40 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century

Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas

Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. BC 6th c. AD

P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος Νεχούτου.

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

θριξὶνthrix hair G2359 Noun · dative · plural · feminine ¶

15× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

about as common in John as anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

Hair is what grows on our heads, and the Bible talks about it in Matthew 3:4 and 1 Peter 3:3. It's also used to describe the hair of animals, like in Mark 1:6.

Amplified meaning

a gesture of love, a sign of devotion

Tyndale gloss

hair

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

θρίξ is a feminine noun meaning 'hair,' primarily referring to the hair of the head but also applicable to animal hair. It appears in various New Testament verses, including Matthew and Luke. The word has a rich usage in classical literature, denoting not just human hair but also sheep's wool and pig's bristles. There is no significant disagreement among lexicons regarding its meaning.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

θρίξ, τριχός, ἡ,

[in LXX chiefly for שֵׂעָר;]

hair;

of the head: Mt 3:4 5:36 10:30, Lk 7:38, 44 12:7 21:18, Jo 11:2 12:3, Ac 27:34, I Pe 3:3, Re 1:14;

of animals: Mk 1:6, Re 9:8.†

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

θρίξ, τριχός, dat. plur. θριξί, ἡ, [fr. Hom. down], the hair; a. the hair of the head: Mt. v. 36; Lk. vii. 44; xxi. 18; Jn. xi. 2; xii. 3; Acts xxvii. 34; 1 Pet. iii. 3 [Lehm.om.]; Rev. i. 14; with τῆς κεφαλῆς added (Hom. Od. 18, 399. 431), Mt. x. 830; Lk. vii. 38; xii. 7. b. the hair of animals: Rev. ix. 8; évdedup. τρίχας καμήλου, with a garment made of camel’s hair, Mk. i. 6, ef. Mt. iii. 4; ἐν... τριχῶν καμηλείων πλέγμασιν περιεπάτησαν, Clem. Alex. strom. 4 p. 221 ed. Sylb.

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

θρίξ. With Mk 15 we may compare the reference to τρίχες εἰς τοὺς σάκκους in P Petr 11. 33(2)(1)® (as completed 7d. IIT. p- 333). The word is naturally common in the personal descriptions of parties to a will or deed, e.g. P Petr ING 95 (B.C. 236) οὐλὴ μετώπωι ὑπὸ τρίχα : cf. 2. 1215 and 1418 (both B.c. 234), P Lond 882" (B.c. 101) (= III. p. 13), 26. 1425 (A.D. 95) (ΞΞ 11. p. 203). In P Fay 587 (A.D. 155-6) we have the receipt for a tax κοπί(ῆς) kal τριχ(ὸς) καὶ χιροναξίου, ‘fon cutting and hair and trade.” The same tax is referred to in P Grenf 11. 604 (A.p. 193-4) and BGU II. 6172 (A.D. 215), and asin both these cases the payers of the tax were weavers, Wilcken thinks that the words κοπή and θρίξ had to do with the terminology of their trade (see the editors’ introd. to P Fay 58). Miche? 11708 (i/A. p.)’ ErradpsSiro[s] ᾿Εἰπαφροδίτου ὑπὲρ τοῦ παιδίου ᾿Επαφροδίτου τὴν παιδικὴν τρίχα…

Read the full entry →

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

θρίξ (thrix) — hair.

θρίξ, ἡ,

genitive τρῐχός, dative plural θριξί (τρίχεσιν [Refs 1st c.AD+]: - hair, [Refs 8th c.BC+] only in plural, ὀρθαὶ τρίχες ἔσταν ἐνὶ.. μέλεσσι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; mostly, hair of the head,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; sheep's wool, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; pig's bristles, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τρίχες ἄκραι οὐραῖαι, of a horse's tail, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀνάστασις τῶν τριχῶν, of a lark's crest, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]

II. later in singular collectively, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τριχὸς πλόκαμος, βόστρυχος, [LXX+4th c.BC+]; Ἐπαφρόδιτον.. τὴν παιδικὴν τρίχα Ὑγίᾳ (i.e. ἀνέθηκεν) [Refs 1st c.AD+]; of a horse's mane, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of dogs, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

Read the full entry →

Strong's Greek Dictionary

θρίξ

thrix

genitive case trichos, etc.; of uncertain derivation; hair:--hair.

Compare 2864.

see GREEK for 2864

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

θρίξ, τριχός, ἡ

n.f.

a hair

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

θρίξ thrix 15x

a hair; the hair of the head, Mt. 5:36; 10:30; of an animal, Mt. 3:4; Mk. 1:6

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

θρίξ the hair of the head, used by Hom. only in pl.; attic also in sg.; Hom., etc.:—also sheep's wool, Il.; pig's bristles, Hom.; οὐραῖαι τρίχες the hair of a horse's tail, Il.

a single hair, proverb., θρὶξ ἀνὰ μέσσον only a hair's breadth between, Theocr.; ἄξιον τριχός, i. e. good for nothing, Ar.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Noun-DPF — Noun · dative · plural · feminine
dative — to, for, with — the one it is done to or by.
Agrees with anything else marked plural feminine.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-DPF Part of Speech: Noun Case: Dative Number: Plural Gender: Feminine

Bible dictionarieson the English sense

International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

har (se`ar, sa`ar, Aramaic se`ar, and their derivatives; thrix, gen. case trichos, kome):

1. Hair Fashions:

Hair was worn in different fashions by the Orientals of Biblical times, and not always in the same way among the same people in different epochs. We know this clearly from Egyptian literature and monuments, as well as from the writings of Greek authors (especially Herodotus), that the dwellers on the Nile had their heads shaved in early youth, leaving but a side lock until maturity was attained, when this mark of childhood was taken away. Priests and warriors kept their heads closely shaved; nothing but the exigencies of arduous warfare were allowed to interfere with this custom. On the other hand, the Hebrew people, like their Babylonian neighbors (Herod. i.195), affected long and well-cared-for, bushy curls of hair as emblems of manly beauty. Proofs thereof are not infrequent in…

Easton's Bible Dictionary

Hair

(1.) The Egyptians let the hair of their head and beard grow only when they were in mourning, shaving it off at other times. “So particular were they on this point that to have neglected it was a subject of reproach and ridicule; and whenever they intended to convey the idea of a man of low condition, or a slovenly person, the artists represented him with a beard.” Joseph shaved himself before going in to Pharoah (Gen. 41:14). The women of Egypt wore their hair long and plaited. Wigs were worn by priests and laymen to cover the shaven skull, and false beards were common. The great masses of hair seen in the portraits and statues of kings and priests are thus altogether artificial.

(2.) A precisely opposite practice, as regards men, prevailed among the Assyrians. In Assyrian sculptures the hair always appears long, and combed…

Smith's Bible Dictionary

The Hebrews were fully alive to the importance of the hair as an element of personal beauty. Long hair was admired in the case of young men. (2 Samuel 14:26) In times of affliction the hair was altogether cut off. (Isaiah 3:17,24; 15:2; Jeremiah 7:29) Tearing the hair (Ezra 9:3) and letting it go dishevelled were similar tokens of grief. The usual and favorite color of the hair was black, (Solomon 5:11) as is indicated in the comparisons in (Solomon 1:5; 4:1) a similar hue is probably intended by the purple of (Solomon 7:6) Pure white hair was deemed characteristic of the divine Majesty. (Daniel 7:9; Revelation 1:14) The…

American Tract Society Bible Dictionary

The Jewish men, except Nazarites, Nu 6:5,9, and cases like that of Absalom, 2Sa 14:26, cut their hair moderately short, 1Co 11:14, and applied fragrant ointments to it, Ex 30:30-33 Ps 23:5 Ec 9:8. In mourning they wholly neglected it, or shaved it close, or plucked it out by handfuls, Jer 7:29. Women prized a fine head of hair, and plaited, perfumed, and decked it in many ways, Isa 3:18,24 1Co 11:15, so much…

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

73%hair

hair73% · 11×hairs27% · 4×

15 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 2 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

adverbial33%subject33%object27%predicate7%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 15 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

ὁArticle the

καίand, even, also,αὐτόςἐκμάσσωI wipe, wipe off

ἀπό

αὐτός

εἷςone

δύναμαιI am powerful, a

ἐνδύωI put on, clothe

ἸωάννηςJohn

καίand, even, also, nam

θρίξhair15×

what comes after →

ὁArticle the

κεφαλήthe head

αὐτός

ἐκμάσσωI wipe, wipe offὅςὁArticle the

κάμηλοςa camel

καίand, even, also,

λευκόςwhite, bright

ποιέωI do, makeὡςas, like as, how

ἐκ

ὁArticle the

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceθρίξ · 15× in the New Testament

Luke Matthew Revelation John 1 Peter Acts Mark

Across the New Testament7 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance

κεφαλήthe head×πούςthe foot×ὡςas, like as, how, while, so that×ἀπό×κάμηλοςa camel×ζώνηa girdle, belt, purse×λευκόςwhite, bright×ἐκμάσσωI wipe, wipe off thoroughly×

The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

שֵׂעָרhair66%H8181 · 18 verses כֹּהֵןpriest44%H3548 · 12 verses עוֹרskin40%H5785 · 11 verses רָאָהsee37%H7200 · 10 verses הִנֵּההִנֶּה־ lo!, behold!33%H2009 · 9 verses מִן־מִ, prep. expressing the idea of separation, hence o29%H4480 · 8 verses

Counted over the 27 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century

Philo of Alexandria Josephus The Shepherd of Hermas

Philo of AlexandriaAllegorical Interpretation of Genesis 2.22c. AD 40

καὶ ἐν ἡμῖν δέ ἐστιν ἐοικότα φυτοῖς, ὄνυχές τε καὶ τρίχες·

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 3.102c. AD 75–95

Οἱ δὲ χαίροντες οἷς τε ἑώρων καὶ οἷς ἤκουον τοῦ στρατηγοῦ τῆς κατὰ δύναμιν αὐτῶν σπουδῆς οὐκ ἀπελείποντο, ἀλλʼ εἰσέφερον ἄργυρόν τε καὶ χρυσὸν καὶ χαλκὸν ξύλα τε τῆς καλλίστης ὕλης καὶ μηδὲν ὑπὸ τῆς σήψεως παθεῖν δυνάμενα, αἰγείους τε τρίχας καὶ…

The Shepherd of HermasThe Shepherd of Hermas 3.1.5c. AD 140

ἰδὼν ταῦτα κείμενα καὶ μηδένα ὄντα ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ἔκθαμβος ἐγενόμην, καὶ ὡσεὶ τρόμος με ἔλαβεν καὶ αἱ τρίχες μου ὀρθαί: καὶ ὡσεὶ φρίκη μοι προσῆλθεν μόνου μου ὄντος.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

1st c. AD 3rd c. BC 2nd c. AD 2nd c. BC 3rd c. AD

P.Louvre 1 11Soknopaiu Nesos (Arsinoites)AD 26–AD 33

μερίδος τοῦ Ἀρσινοίτου νομοῦ. ὁμολογεῖ Ἁρπαγάθης … ὡς ἐτῶν εἴκοσι πέντε, οὐλὴ ὑπὸ … τρίχα … Τανεφρύμει Ἁρπαγάθου ὡς ἐτῶν … -κοντα ὀκτώ, οὐλὴ χειρὶ ἀριστερᾷ, μετὰ κυρίου τοῦ

P.Mich. 5 260Tebtynis (Arsinoites)AD 35

οὐλὴ καρπῷ δεξιῷ, τοῦ ἄλλου Εἰσχυρίων Πάτρωνος ὡς ἐτῶν κε οὐλὴ μετώπῳ μέσῳ ὑπὸ τρίχα. Χεῶς Ἁρμιύσις ὁμολογῶ πεπρακέναι Μιεῦτι Πομσάεις τὴν ὑπάρχουσάν μοι μητρικὴν ἱερὰν γῆν ἀρούρας τρεῖς

P. Mich. 5 265ArsinoitesAD 37

ἑαυτῆς υἱοῦ Τεσενούφιος τοῦ Τεσενούφιος, ὡς ἐτῶν … … οὐλὴ μετώπωι ἐξ ἀριστερῶν ὑπὸ τρίχα, καὶ τῶι ἑτέρωι αὐτῆς υἱῶι Τεσενούφι πέμπτῳ ὡς ἐτῶν τεσσαράκοντα οὐλὴ γόνατι δεξιῶι, τοῖς

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

αὐτῆςautos of her G846 Personal pronoun · genitive · singular · feminine ¶

5,550× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

about as common in John as anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

This pronoun refers to a person or thing, like 'he', 'she', or 'it'. It is used in the Bible to emphasize a person or thing, like in John 2:25 where it says 'he himself knew'.

Tyndale gloss

it/s/he

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

αὐτός is a pronoun meaning 'self' or 'the same,' used to emphasize distinction or opposition. It can function as a reflexive pronoun and appears frequently in the New Testament, often in contexts that highlight contrast or identity, such as in Luke 5:37 and John 2:25. The entries indicate that it can also be used in various grammatical constructions, including with articles to denote sameness.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

αὐτός, -ή, -ό,

determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399).

Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii);

self (ipse), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes…

Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

αὐτός, -7, -d, pron. (“derived from the particle αὖ with the added force of a demonstrative pronoun. In itself it signifies nothing more than again, applied to what has either been previously mentioned or, when the whole discourse is looked at, must necessarily be .upplied.” Klotz ad Devar. ii. p. 219; [see Vaniéek p. 268]). It is used by the bibl. writ. both of the O. T. and of the N. T. far more frequently than the other pronouns; and in this very frequent and almost inordinate use of it, they deviate greatly from prof. auth.; cf. B. § 127, 9. [On classic usage ef. Hermann, Opusce. i. 308 sqq., of which dissertation a summary is given in his edition of Viger pp- 732-736.] I. self, as used (in all persons, genders, numbers) to distinguish a person or thing from or contrast it with another, or to give him (it) emphatic prominence. ik When used to express Opposition or Distinction, it is…

Read the full entry →

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

αὐτός. The weakening of the old distinction between αὐτὸς 6 and ὁ αὐτός, especially in Luke, is noted in Proleg. p. 91, and paralleled from Hellenistic. We may add (cf. Linleitung p. 145f.) Sy// 8071 (ii/A.D.) αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραις, where Dittenberger remarks ‘‘expectaveris ταῖς αὐταῖς," OG/S 383! (Antiochus of Commagene, i/8.c.) τὴν αὐτήν τε κρίσιν, for which Ditt. desiderates ταύτην τὴν κρίσιν, P Iib I. 30° (B.c. 265) αὐτὸς Ὧρος “the said H.,’’ P Lille I. 238 (B.C, 221) οὗ μ[ισ]θωτὴς Ἡρώδ[ης] ὁ αὐτός “ce méme L.,”’ P Oxy VI. 892% (A.D. 338) τῆς αὐτῆς πόλεως, 26. VIII. 1105 (A.D. 254) τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἀμφοδογραμματέως “the said a.’’: all these seem to be practically identical, with αὐτός differing little from ἐκεῖνος. The combination αὐτὸ τοῦτο may be illustrated by P Grenf I. 114 (literary, ii/B.c.) “ for this reason ” (Ed.) as in 2 Pet 1°, P Ryl 11. 77°9 (a.p. 192) καὶ αὐτὰ ταῦτα ἀσφαλίσομαι…

Read the full entry →

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

αὐτός (autos) — it/s/he.

αὐτός

(Cretan dialect ἀϝτός [Refs] (also αὐτόν[Refs], reflexive pronoun, self:—in oblique cases used for the personal pronoun, him, her, it:—with Article, ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (also ταὐτόν), etc., the very one, the same.

I. self, myself, thyself, etc., accusative to the person of the Verb: frequently joined with ἐγώ, σύ, etc. (see. below 10),

I.1. one's true self, the soul, not the body, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; reversely, body, not soul, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; oneself, as opposed to others who are less prominent, as king to subject, [Refs]; man to wife and children, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; warrior to horses, [Refs 8th c.BC+], or to weapons, [Refs]; shepherd to herd, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; seamen to ships, [Refs]: generally, whole to parts,[Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, the Master, as in the [Refs 4th c.BC+]…

Read the full entry →

Strong's Greek Dictionary

αὐτός

autos

from the particle au (perhaps akin to the base of 109 through the idea

of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used

(alone or in the comparative 1438) of the third person , and (with the

proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one,

the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy-

)self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at,

- by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man),

those, together, very, which. Compare 848.

see GREEK for 109

see GREEK for 1438

see GREEK for 848

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

αὐτός, αὐτή, αὐτό

Pers.pr.

he, she, it, they, them, same

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

αὐτός autos 5x

self, very; alone, Mk. 6:31; 2 Cor. 12:13; of one’s self, of one’s own motion, Jn. 16:27; used also in the oblique cases independently as a personal pron. of the third person; ὁ αὐτός, the same; unchangeable, Heb. 1:12; κατὰ τὸ αὐτό, at the same time, together, Acts 14:1; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό, in one and the same place, Mt. 22:34; at the same time, together, Acts 3:1

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

αὐτός self, Lat. ipse:— in the oblique cases simply for the personal Pron., him, her, it:— with the Artic. ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (or ταὐτόν), etc., the very one, the same.

self, myself, thyself, etc., acc. to the person of the Verb., Hom., etc.:

oneself, one's true self, the soul, not the body, Od.; or opp. to others, as king to subjects, parent to children, man to wife, etc., Hom.; hence absol. for the master, τίς οὗτος;—Αὐτός, i. e. Socrates, Ar.; similarly in neut. αὐτὸ δείξει the result will shew, Eur.

of oneself, of one's own accord, Lat. sponte, Hom., Soph.

by oneself, alone, αὐτός περ ἐών although alone, Il.; αὐτοί ἐσμεν we are by ourselves, i. e. among friends, Ar.

in Plat., τὸ δίκαιον αὐτό right in itself, the idea of right, etc.; cf. αὐτοάνθρωπος.

Read the full entry →

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Pron-GSF — Personal pronoun · genitive · singular · feminine
genitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular feminine.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

P-GSF Part of Speech: Personal pronoun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Feminine

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

52%him

him52% · 3025×them25% · 1488×it6% · 323×her4% · 250×other renderings10% · 587×other renderings3% · 188×

5,861 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 92 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

object33%adverbial28%indirect object19%subject18%predicate3%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 5,561 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

λέγωI say, speak

καίand, even, also,δέbut, on the otheἸησοῦςJesus

πρός

λέγωI say, speakἔρχομαιI come, goδέbut, on the othe

ἐν

ὁArticle theαὐτόςεὑρίσκωI find

δέbut, on the other ha

λέγωI say, speakοὗτοςὁράωI see, look upon

καίand, even, also, nam

αὐτόςσύθεόςGod, a god

αὐτόςof her5550×

what comes after →

ὁArticle the

ἸησοῦςJesusμαθητήςa learner, disciθεόςGod, a god

καίand, even, also, nam

ὁArticle theλέγωI say, speakαὐτός

λέγωI say, speak

αὐτόςτίςIrgκύριοςlord, Lord, mast

ἐν

ὁArticle theαὐτόςὅς

εἰς

ὁArticle theδικαιοσύνηjustice, justnesἹεροσόλυμαJerusalem

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceαὐτός · 5,550× in the New Testament

Luke Matthew John Mark Acts Revelation Romans Hebrews 1 John 1 Corinthians Ephesians 2 Corinthians

19 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance

ἐπερωτάωI interrogate, question, demand of×

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century

Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas

Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

περὶ τοῦ γένους Ἀδάμου καὶ τῶν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ δέκα γενεῶν τῶν μέχρι τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.4c. AD 100

πεπεισμένος οὖν τοῦτο καὶ συνειδὼς ἐμαυτῷ, ὅτι ἐν ὑμῖν λαλήσας πολλὰ ἐπίσταμαι, ὅτι ἐμοὶ συνώδευσεν ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης κύριος, καὶ πάντως ἀναγκάζομαι κἀγὼ εἰς τοῦτο, ἀγαπᾶν ὑμᾶς ὑπὲρ τὴν ψυχήν μου, ὅτι μεγάλη πίστις καὶ ἀγάπη ἐγκατοικεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν ἐπ’…

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 6th c. AD 4th c. AD 1st c. AD

P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

Πακοίβιος ἱερεὺς Σούχου καὶ Ἀφροδίτης ὡς ἐτῶν μ εὐμεγέθης μελίχρως μακροπρόσωπος εὐθύριν τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν αὐτῷ μερίδα γῆς σιτοφόρου ἐν τῷ περὶ Παθῦρειν πεδίωι σφραγίδων τεσσάρων , ἣν καὶ αὐτὸς

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

1 ἔτους ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

ὡς ἐτῶν νε μέσος ἢ ἐλάσσων μελίχρως μακροπρόσωπος εὐθύριν ὑπόσκνιφος, καὶ Πετεαρσοῆρις Σχώτου τῶν αὐτῶν ἱερέων ὡς ἐτῶν ν μέσος ἢ ἐλασσων μελίχρως μακροπρόσωπος εὐθύριν ὑπόσκνιφος, ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑπάρχοντος

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

τοὺςho the G3588 Article · accusative · plural · masculine ¶

19,783× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

about as common in John as anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

The Greek word for 'the' or 'this', used to point out a specific person or thing, like in Acts 17:28. It can also mean 'he', 'she', or 'it'.

Tyndale gloss

the/this/who

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The definite article — the commonest word in the Greek New Testament at 19,867 occurrences. Greek uses it more freely than English does and can drop it deliberately, so its presence and its absence both carry weight for a translator; but no single occurrence carries a message of its own. Here it simply gathers “the things” into one definite bundle.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὁ, ἡ, τό,

the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article.

As demonstr. pron.

As freq. in Hom., absol., he (she, it), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus).

Distributive, ὁ μὲν . . . ὁ δέ, the one . . . the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν . . . ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀ . . . ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23.

Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὁ 435 ὁ tives of quantity, ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς, see each in its own place. d. What has been said concerning adjectives holds true also of all other limitations added to substantives, as ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro. ix. 11; ἡ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, Ro. xi. 27; 6 λόγος 6 τοῦ σταυροῦ, 1 Co. i. 18; ἡ εἰς Χριστὸν πίστις, Col. ii. 5; on the other hand, ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 1 Th. i. 8; τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους, 2 Co. viii. 4; see many other exx. of each usage in W. 131 (124) sqq.; [B. 91 (80) sqq.]. e. The noun has the article before it when a demonstrative pronoun (υὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging to it either precedes or follows [W. § 18, 4; B. § 127, 29-31]; as, ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, Jn. ix. 24 [οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρ. 1, Tr mrg. WH); Acts vi. 13; xxii. 26; ὁ λαὸς οὗτος, Mt. xv. 8; 6 vids σου οὗτος, Lk. xv. 30; plur. Lk. xxiv. 17, and numberless other exx.; οὗτος 6 ἄνθρωπος, Lk. xiv. 30; οὗτος ὁ…

Read the full entry →

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὃ, ἡ τό. (1) Apart from connexion with μέν or δέ (see below) the demonstrative use of the art. in the NT is confined to a poetical quotation Ac 1778, but it is not uncommon in the papyri, e.g. P Par 45® (B.C. 153) (= Witkowski®, p. 85) τὰ (for ἃ) πράσεις (Δ πράσσεις), P Oxy VIII. 1160! (iii/iv A.D.) Ta (for ἃ) σεσύλληχα (for συνείληχα) δὲ κέρμα {ταν τηρῶ αὐτὰ εἰς τὴν δίκην, “1 am keeping for the trial the money that I have collected” (Ed.). For the distributive Opéev.. - 6 8€, as in 1 Cor7’, cf. P Lond 535 (B.c. 161) (=I. p. 19, U.P.Z. i. p. 239) kal τὰ μὲν ἡμῶν ἐληφότων εἰς τὴν γινομένην ἡμῖν συντάξειν, τὰ δ᾽ ἔτι διὰ τὴν τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων {(.. ... > παρελκομένων. (2) The use of the art. as a relative, of which there is no trace in the NT, may again be illustrated by the following papyrus citations from ¢c. A.D. 346—P Lond 414® (= II. Ῥ. 292) γεινῴσκιν oe θέλω περὶ τοῦ βρεουίου…

Read the full entry →

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὁ (ho) — the/this/who.

ὁ,

ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

__A demonstrative Pronoun.

__B in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article.

__C in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive…

Read the full entry →

Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὁ ἡ τό

ho

he hay, and the neuter

to to

in all their inflections; the definite article; the (sometimes to be

supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one,

he, she, it, etc.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὁ, ἡ, τό

Article

the

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὁ ho 19x

the prepositive article, answering, to a considerable extent, to the English definite article; but, for the principle and facts of its usage, consult a grammar; ὁ μὲν ... ὁ δέ, the one ... the other, Phil. 1:16, 17; Heb. 7:5, 6, 20, 21, 23, 24; pl. some ... others, Mt. 13:23; 22:5, 6; ὁ δέ, but he, Mt. 4:4; 12:48; οἱ δέ, but others, Mt. 28:17; used, in a poetic quotation, for a personal pronoun, Acts 17:28

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὁ the, that

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is

demonstr. Pronoun.

the definite Article.

in epic, the relative Pronoun, when it is written with the accent ὅ, ἥ, τό ῀ ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. Besides the common forms, note epic gen. sg. τοῖο for τοῦ; pl. nom. τοί, ταί; gen. fem. τάων [α^], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι; dual gen, and dat. τοῖιν:— in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν . . , τοὶ δέ . . , for οἱ μέν . . , οἱ δέ . . ; dat. pl. also τοῖσι, ταῖσι: the dual has commonly but one gender, τώ for τά, τοῖν for ταῖν.

DEMONSTR. PRONOUN:

joined with a Subst., not as the Art., but like Lat. ille, ὁ Τυδείδης Tydeus's famous son, Il.; Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων Nestor— that aged man, id. Il.; τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, id. Il.

Read the full entry →

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Art-APM — Article · accusative · plural · masculine
accusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked plural masculine.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

T-APM Part of Speech: definite arTicle Case: Accusative Number: Plural Gender: Masculine

English usagewhat the translators’ English meant

Webster's Dictionary (1828), Webster's Unabridged (1913), Webster's Dictionary (1806)

THE, an adjective or definitive adjective.

1. This adjective is used as a definitive, that is, before nouns which are specific or understood; or it is used to limit their signification to a specific thing or things, or to describe them; as the laws of the twelve tables. the independent tribunals of justice in our country, are the security or private rights, and the best bulwark against arbitrary power. the sun is the source of light and heat.

This he calls the preaching of the cross.

2. the is also used rhetorically before a noun in the singular number, to denote a species by way of distinction; a single thing representing the whole. the fig tree putteth forth her green figs; the almond tree shall flourish; the grasshopper shall be a burden.

3. In poetry, the sometimes loses the final vowel before another vowel.

Th' adorning thee with so much art,

Is but a barb'rous skill.

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

64%the

the64% · 13160×<the>28% · 5846×those3% · 597×other renderings4% · 788×other renderings1% · 294×

20,685 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 83 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

subject34%adverbial32%object24%predicate5%indirect object4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 19,783 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

καίand, even, also, nam

αὐτόςεἰμίI am, existἐγώ

ἐν

καίand, even, also,αὐτόςὁArticle the

εἰς

αὐτόςεἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inἔρχομαιI come, go

αὐτός

λέγωI say, speakδέbut, on the otheπρός

εἰμίI am, exist

οὗτοςσύἐγώ

ὁthe19783×

what comes after →

θεόςGod, a god

ὁArticle theκαίand, even, also,ἐγώ

δέbut, on the other ha

λέγωI say, speakἸησοῦςJesusἀποκρίνομαιI answer, reply

ἸησοῦςJesus

λέγωI say, speakκαίand, even, also,ὁArticle the

κύριοςlord, Lord, master,

ἐγώἸησοῦςJesusὁArticle the

πατήρfather, Father, ance

ἐγώσύαὐτός

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceὁ · 19,783× in the New Testament

Matthew Acts Luke John Revelation Mark Romans 1 Corinthians Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

40 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century

Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas

Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. BC 6th c. AD

P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος Νεχούτου.

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

πόδαςpous feet G4228 Noun · accusative · plural · masculine ¶

93× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

about as common in John as anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

The Greek word for 'foot' is used literally and figuratively in the Bible, as seen in Matthew 4:6 and Mark 9:45. It can refer to a person's foot or an animal's foot, and is also used symbolically in Romans 16:20 and 1 Corinthians 15:25.

Tyndale gloss

foot

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

πούς (pous) means 'foot' and can refer to the feet of both humans and animals. It appears in various contexts in the New Testament, including metaphoric uses related to movement and authority, such as being under someone's feet (Romans 16:20). The word is built from a primary root and is used in phrases that denote proximity or action, reflecting its significance in both literal and figurative language.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

πούς, ποδός, ὁ,

[in LXX chiefly for רֶגֶל;]

a foot, both of men and beasts: Mt 4:6(LXX), Mk 9:45, Lk 1:79, Jo 11:44, Ac 7:5, al.; ὑπο τοὺς π., Ro 16:20, I Co 15:25, 27, Eph 1:22, He 2:8; ὑποκάτω τῶν π., Mt 22:44(LXX); πρὸς (παρὰ) τοὺς π., Mk 5:22, Lk 8:41, al.; fig., Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

πούς (not ποῦς, see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 765; Gétiling, Accentl. p. 244; [Chandler, Grk. Accentuation, § 566]; W. § 6, 1d.; Lipsius, Gram. Untersuch. p.48), ποδός, 6, [allied νυ. πέδον, πέζα, Lat. pes, etc.; Curtius § 291; Vanivek p. 473], dat. plur. ποσίν, fr. Hom. down, Hebr. 939; a foot, both of men and of beasts: Mt. iv. 6; vii. 6; xxii. 13; Mk. ix.45; Lk.i. 79; Jn. xi.44; Acts vii.5; 1 Co. xii. 15; Rev. x. 2, and often. From the oriental practice of placing the foot upon the vanquished (Josh. x. 24), come the foll. expressions: ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας συντρίβειν (q: ν.) τινά, Ro. xvi. 20; ὑποτάσσειν τινά, 1 Co. xv. 27; Eph. i. 22; Heb. ii. 8; τιθέναι, 1 Co. xv. 25; τιθέναι τινὰ ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν, Mt. xxii. 441, T Tr WH; ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν, Mt. xxii. 44 RG; Mk. xii. 36 [here WH ὑποκάτω τ. 7]; Lk. xx. 43; Actsii. 35; Heb. i. 13; x.13; disciples listening to their teacher’s instruction are said…

Read the full entry →

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

πούς (pous) — foot.

πούς, ὁ, ποδός, ποδί, πόδα

(not ποῦν, Thom.Mag.p.257 R.): dative plural ποσί, Epic dialect and Lyric poetry ποσσί (also [Refs 5th c.BC+] once πόδεσι [Refs 5th c.BC+] Epic dialect ποδοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—Doric dialect nominative πός (compare ἀρτίπος, πούλυπος, etc.) [Refs], but πούς [Refs]; πῶς· πός, ὑπὸ Δωριέων, [Refs 5th c.AD+] (perhaps πός· πούς, ὑ.Δ.); Laconian dialect πόρ, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]:—foot, both of men and beasts, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in plural, also, a bird's talons, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; arms or feelers of a polypus, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: properly the foot from the ankle down wards, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ξύλινος π., of an artificial foot, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but also of the leg with the foot, as χείρ for the arm and hand, [Refs 8th…

Read the full entry →

Strong's Greek Dictionary

πούς

pous

a primary word; a "foot" (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

πούς, ποδός, ὁ

n.m.

the foot

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

πούς pous 93x

the foot, Mt. 4:6; 5:35; 7:6; 22:44; 28:9; Lk. 1:79; Acts 5:9; Rom. 3:15

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

πούς a foot, Lat. pes, pedis, Hom., etc.; in pl., also, a bird's talons, Od.; the arms of a polypus, Hes.; ξύλινος π., of an artificial foot, Hdt.: phrases in respect to the footrace, περιγιγνόμεθ᾽ ἄλλων πόδεσσιν, to be better than others in running, Od.; ποσὶν ἐρίζειν to race on foot, Il.; ποσὶ νικᾶν, ἀέθλια ποσσὶν ἄροντο Hom.:—the dat. ποσί is added to all kinds of Verbs denoting motion, ποσὶ βῆναι, δραμεῖν, ὀρχεῖσθαι, etc.; for πόδα βαίνειν, v. βαίνω A. II. 3:—metaph., νόστιμον ναῦς ἐκίνησεν πόδα started on its homeward way, Eur.

as a mark of close proximity, πρόσθεν ποδός or ποδῶν, προπάροιθε ποδῶν just before one, Hom.; πὰρ ποδί close at hand, Pind.; but, παρά or πὰρ ποδός off-hand, at once, Theogn.:—so, παρὰ πόδα in a…

Read the full entry →

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Noun-APM — Noun · accusative · plural · masculine
accusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked plural masculine.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-APM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Accusative Number: Plural Gender: Masculine

Bible dictionarieson the English sense

Nave's Topical Bible

→ Bells worn on Isa 3:16,18

→ Washing of, as an example, by Jesus Joh 13:4-14

→ Sitting at De 33:3; Lu 10:39; Ac 22:3

→ See ABLUTION

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

91%feet

feet91% · 86×foot6% · 6×other renderings2% · 2×

94 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 4 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

adverbial42%object39%subject11%predicate3%second object3%indirect object2%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 93 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

ὁArticle the

παράπρόςκαίand, even, also,

δύο

ἤDisjὁArticle the

αὐτός

δέωI bind

ἐπί

ἐγώ

βῆμαthe space covered by

οὐδέNeg

πούςfeet93×

what comes after →

αὐτός

καίand, even, also,ὁArticle theὡςas, like as, how

σύ

σκανδαλίζωI cause to stumbεἰςἀποτινάσσωI shake off

ὁArticle the

ἀπόστολοςan apostle, a meἸησοῦςJesusκύριοςlord, Lord, mast

καίand, even, also, nam

ὁArticle theχείρa handπροσκυνέωI worship

ἐγώ

εἰςὅτιthat, since, becμόνοςalone, but, only

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceπούς · 93× in the New Testament

Acts Luke John Revelation Matthew Mark 1 Corinthians Hebrews Romans Ephesians 1 Timothy

Across the New Testament11 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance

παρά×νίπτωI wash×ὑποπόδιονa footstool×χείρa hand×ὑποκάτωunderneath×προσκυνέωI worship×πίπτωI fall, fall under×τίθημιI put, place×

The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

רֶ֫גֶלfoot70%H7272 · 108 verses

Counted over the 153 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century

Philo of Alexandria Josephus The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas

Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 163c. AD 40

11,22)—ἑρπετὸν δ’ ἐστὶν ἔχον ἀνωτέρω σκέλη τῶν ποδῶν, οἷς ἀπὸ γῆς πέφυκε πηδᾶν καὶ μετέωρον αἴρεσθαι καθάπερ τὸ τῶν ἀκρίδων γένος —·

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.50c. AD 75–95

ἀφείλετο δὲ καὶ τὸν ὄφιν τὴν φωνὴν ὀργισθεὶς ἐπὶ τῇ κακοηθείᾳ τῇ πρὸς τὸν Ἄδαμον καὶ ἰὸν ἐντίθησιν ὑπὸ τὴν γλῶτταν αὐτῷ πολέμιον ἀποδείξας ἀνθρώποις καὶ ὑποθέμενος κατὰ τῆς κεφαλῆς φέρειν τὰς πληγάς, ὡς ἐν ἐκείνῃ τοῦ τε κακοῦ τοῦ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους…

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 12.10c. AD 100

ἐπεὶ οὖν μέλλουσιν λέγειν, ὅτι Χριστὸς υἱὸς Δαυείδ ἐστιν, αὐτὸς προφητεύει Δαυείδ, φοβούμενος καὶ συνίων τὴν πλάνην τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν: Εἷπεν κύριος τῷ κυρίῳ μου: Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 4th c. AD 6th c. AD 7th c. AD

P.Lond. 2 p. 203-204 no. 142Karanis (Arsinoites)AD 95

Σεμπρώνιος Γέμελλος στρατιώτης λεγιῶνος τρίτης Κυρηναικῆς κεντυρίας Πομπωνίου Σεουήρου ὡς ἐτῶν τεσσαράκοντα οὐλὴ ἀστραγάλωι ποδὸς ἀριστεροῦ Μικκάλωι Πτολεμαίου ὡς ἐτῶν τεσσαράκοντα πέντε οὐλὴ μετώπῳ μέσωι ὑπὸ τρίχα ἀπέχειν παρʼ

P.Fay. 155 descr.Bakchias (ArsinoitesAD 136

εως μητρὸς … … ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀρσινοιτῶν πόλεως ἐτῶν … οὐλὴ ἀστραγάλωι ποδὸς ἀριστεροῦ χρῆσιν ἔντοκον κεφαλαίου ἀργυρίου δραχμὰς τεσσαράκοντα ὀκτὼ ἃς καὶ ἀποδώσει ἐν μηνὶ Φαῶφι

P.Fay. 200 descr.Bakchias (Arsinoites)AD 173

Βακχιάδος Διόσκορος Ζωίλου τοῦ Ζωίλου μητρὸς Θερμούθεως … … … μονος τετ … … πους τοὺς

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

αὐτοῦ·autos of Him; G846 Personal pronoun · genitive · singular · masculine ¶

5,550× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

about as common in John as anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

This pronoun refers to a person or thing, like 'he', 'she', or 'it'. It is used in the Bible to emphasize a person or thing, like in John 2:25 where it says 'he himself knew'.

Tyndale gloss

it/s/he

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

αὐτός is a pronoun meaning 'self' or 'the same,' used to emphasize distinction or opposition. It can function as a reflexive pronoun and appears frequently in the New Testament, often in contexts that highlight contrast or identity, such as in Luke 5:37 and John 2:25. The entries indicate that it can also be used in various grammatical constructions, including with articles to denote sameness.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

αὐτός, -ή, -ό,

determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399).

Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii);

self (ipse), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes…

Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

αὐτός, -7, -d, pron. (“derived from the particle αὖ with the added force of a demonstrative pronoun. In itself it signifies nothing more than again, applied to what has either been previously mentioned or, when the whole discourse is looked at, must necessarily be .upplied.” Klotz ad Devar. ii. p. 219; [see Vaniéek p. 268]). It is used by the bibl. writ. both of the O. T. and of the N. T. far more frequently than the other pronouns; and in this very frequent and almost inordinate use of it, they deviate greatly from prof. auth.; cf. B. § 127, 9. [On classic usage ef. Hermann, Opusce. i. 308 sqq., of which dissertation a summary is given in his edition of Viger pp- 732-736.] I. self, as used (in all persons, genders, numbers) to distinguish a person or thing from or contrast it with another, or to give him (it) emphatic prominence. ik When used to express Opposition or Distinction, it is…

Read the full entry →

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

αὐτός. The weakening of the old distinction between αὐτὸς 6 and ὁ αὐτός, especially in Luke, is noted in Proleg. p. 91, and paralleled from Hellenistic. We may add (cf. Linleitung p. 145f.) Sy// 8071 (ii/A.D.) αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραις, where Dittenberger remarks ‘‘expectaveris ταῖς αὐταῖς," OG/S 383! (Antiochus of Commagene, i/8.c.) τὴν αὐτήν τε κρίσιν, for which Ditt. desiderates ταύτην τὴν κρίσιν, P Iib I. 30° (B.c. 265) αὐτὸς Ὧρος “the said H.,’’ P Lille I. 238 (B.C, 221) οὗ μ[ισ]θωτὴς Ἡρώδ[ης] ὁ αὐτός “ce méme L.,”’ P Oxy VI. 892% (A.D. 338) τῆς αὐτῆς πόλεως, 26. VIII. 1105 (A.D. 254) τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἀμφοδογραμματέως “the said a.’’: all these seem to be practically identical, with αὐτός differing little from ἐκεῖνος. The combination αὐτὸ τοῦτο may be illustrated by P Grenf I. 114 (literary, ii/B.c.) “ for this reason ” (Ed.) as in 2 Pet 1°, P Ryl 11. 77°9 (a.p. 192) καὶ αὐτὰ ταῦτα ἀσφαλίσομαι…

Read the full entry →

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

αὐτός (autos) — it/s/he.

αὐτός

(Cretan dialect ἀϝτός [Refs] (also αὐτόν[Refs], reflexive pronoun, self:—in oblique cases used for the personal pronoun, him, her, it:—with Article, ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (also ταὐτόν), etc., the very one, the same.

I. self, myself, thyself, etc., accusative to the person of the Verb: frequently joined with ἐγώ, σύ, etc. (see. below 10),

I.1. one's true self, the soul, not the body, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; reversely, body, not soul, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; oneself, as opposed to others who are less prominent, as king to subject, [Refs]; man to wife and children, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; warrior to horses, [Refs 8th c.BC+], or to weapons, [Refs]; shepherd to herd, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; seamen to ships, [Refs]: generally, whole to parts,[Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, the Master, as in the [Refs 4th c.BC+]…

Read the full entry →

Strong's Greek Dictionary

αὐτός

autos

from the particle au (perhaps akin to the base of 109 through the idea

of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used

(alone or in the comparative 1438) of the third person , and (with the

proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one,

the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy-

)self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at,

- by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man),

those, together, very, which. Compare 848.

see GREEK for 109

see GREEK for 1438

see GREEK for 848

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

αὐτός, αὐτή, αὐτό

Pers.pr.

he, she, it, they, them, same

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

αὐτός autos 5x

self, very; alone, Mk. 6:31; 2 Cor. 12:13; of one’s self, of one’s own motion, Jn. 16:27; used also in the oblique cases independently as a personal pron. of the third person; ὁ αὐτός, the same; unchangeable, Heb. 1:12; κατὰ τὸ αὐτό, at the same time, together, Acts 14:1; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό, in one and the same place, Mt. 22:34; at the same time, together, Acts 3:1

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

αὐτός self, Lat. ipse:— in the oblique cases simply for the personal Pron., him, her, it:— with the Artic. ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (or ταὐτόν), etc., the very one, the same.

self, myself, thyself, etc., acc. to the person of the Verb., Hom., etc.:

oneself, one's true self, the soul, not the body, Od.; or opp. to others, as king to subjects, parent to children, man to wife, etc., Hom.; hence absol. for the master, τίς οὗτος;—Αὐτός, i. e. Socrates, Ar.; similarly in neut. αὐτὸ δείξει the result will shew, Eur.

of oneself, of one's own accord, Lat. sponte, Hom., Soph.

by oneself, alone, αὐτός περ ἐών although alone, Il.; αὐτοί ἐσμεν we are by ourselves, i. e. among friends, Ar.

in Plat., τὸ δίκαιον αὐτό right in itself, the idea of right, etc.; cf. αὐτοάνθρωπος.

Read the full entry →

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Pron-GSM — Personal pronoun · genitive · singular · masculine
genitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular masculine.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

P-GSM Part of Speech: Personal pronoun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Masculine

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

52%him

him52% · 3025×them25% · 1488×it6% · 323×her4% · 250×other renderings10% · 587×other renderings3% · 188×

5,861 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 92 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

object33%adverbial28%indirect object19%subject18%predicate3%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 5,561 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

λέγωI say, speak

καίand, even, also,δέbut, on the otheἸησοῦςJesus

πρός

λέγωI say, speakἔρχομαιI come, goδέbut, on the othe

ἐν

ὁArticle theαὐτόςεὑρίσκωI find

δέbut, on the other ha

λέγωI say, speakοὗτοςὁράωI see, look upon

καίand, even, also, nam

αὐτόςσύθεόςGod, a god

αὐτόςof Him;5550×

what comes after →

ὁArticle the

ἸησοῦςJesusμαθητήςa learner, disciθεόςGod, a god

καίand, even, also, nam

ὁArticle theλέγωI say, speakαὐτός

λέγωI say, speak

αὐτόςτίςIrgκύριοςlord, Lord, mast

ἐν

ὁArticle theαὐτόςὅς

εἰς

ὁArticle theδικαιοσύνηjustice, justnesἹεροσόλυμαJerusalem

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceαὐτός · 5,550× in the New Testament

Luke Matthew John Mark Acts Revelation Romans Hebrews 1 John 1 Corinthians Ephesians 2 Corinthians

19 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance

ἐπερωτάωI interrogate, question, demand of×

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century

Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas

Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

περὶ τοῦ γένους Ἀδάμου καὶ τῶν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ δέκα γενεῶν τῶν μέχρι τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.4c. AD 100

πεπεισμένος οὖν τοῦτο καὶ συνειδὼς ἐμαυτῷ, ὅτι ἐν ὑμῖν λαλήσας πολλὰ ἐπίσταμαι, ὅτι ἐμοὶ συνώδευσεν ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης κύριος, καὶ πάντως ἀναγκάζομαι κἀγὼ εἰς τοῦτο, ἀγαπᾶν ὑμᾶς ὑπὲρ τὴν ψυχήν μου, ὅτι μεγάλη πίστις καὶ ἀγάπη ἐγκατοικεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν ἐπ’…

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 6th c. AD 4th c. AD 1st c. AD

P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

Πακοίβιος ἱερεὺς Σούχου καὶ Ἀφροδίτης ὡς ἐτῶν μ εὐμεγέθης μελίχρως μακροπρόσωπος εὐθύριν τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν αὐτῷ μερίδα γῆς σιτοφόρου ἐν τῷ περὶ Παθῦρειν πεδίωι σφραγίδων τεσσάρων , ἣν καὶ αὐτὸς

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

1 ἔτους ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

ὡς ἐτῶν νε μέσος ἢ ἐλάσσων μελίχρως μακροπρόσωπος εὐθύριν ὑπόσκνιφος, καὶ Πετεαρσοῆρις Σχώτου τῶν αὐτῶν ἱερέων ὡς ἐτῶν ν μέσος ἢ ἐλασσων μελίχρως μακροπρόσωπος εὐθύριν ὑπόσκνιφος, ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑπάρχοντος

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

ἡho the G3588 Article · nominative · singular · feminine ¶

19,783× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

about as common in John as anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

The Greek word for 'the' or 'this', used to point out a specific person or thing, like in Acts 17:28. It can also mean 'he', 'she', or 'it'.

Tyndale gloss

the/this/who

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The definite article — the commonest word in the Greek New Testament at 19,867 occurrences. Greek uses it more freely than English does and can drop it deliberately, so its presence and its absence both carry weight for a translator; but no single occurrence carries a message of its own. Here it simply gathers “the things” into one definite bundle.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὁ, ἡ, τό,

the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article.

As demonstr. pron.

As freq. in Hom., absol., he (she, it), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus).

Distributive, ὁ μὲν . . . ὁ δέ, the one . . . the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν . . . ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀ . . . ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23.

Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὁ 435 ὁ tives of quantity, ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς, see each in its own place. d. What has been said concerning adjectives holds true also of all other limitations added to substantives, as ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro. ix. 11; ἡ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, Ro. xi. 27; 6 λόγος 6 τοῦ σταυροῦ, 1 Co. i. 18; ἡ εἰς Χριστὸν πίστις, Col. ii. 5; on the other hand, ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 1 Th. i. 8; τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους, 2 Co. viii. 4; see many other exx. of each usage in W. 131 (124) sqq.; [B. 91 (80) sqq.]. e. The noun has the article before it when a demonstrative pronoun (υὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging to it either precedes or follows [W. § 18, 4; B. § 127, 29-31]; as, ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, Jn. ix. 24 [οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρ. 1, Tr mrg. WH); Acts vi. 13; xxii. 26; ὁ λαὸς οὗτος, Mt. xv. 8; 6 vids σου οὗτος, Lk. xv. 30; plur. Lk. xxiv. 17, and numberless other exx.; οὗτος 6 ἄνθρωπος, Lk. xiv. 30; οὗτος ὁ…

Read the full entry →

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὃ, ἡ τό. (1) Apart from connexion with μέν or δέ (see below) the demonstrative use of the art. in the NT is confined to a poetical quotation Ac 1778, but it is not uncommon in the papyri, e.g. P Par 45® (B.C. 153) (= Witkowski®, p. 85) τὰ (for ἃ) πράσεις (Δ πράσσεις), P Oxy VIII. 1160! (iii/iv A.D.) Ta (for ἃ) σεσύλληχα (for συνείληχα) δὲ κέρμα {ταν τηρῶ αὐτὰ εἰς τὴν δίκην, “1 am keeping for the trial the money that I have collected” (Ed.). For the distributive Opéev.. - 6 8€, as in 1 Cor7’, cf. P Lond 535 (B.c. 161) (=I. p. 19, U.P.Z. i. p. 239) kal τὰ μὲν ἡμῶν ἐληφότων εἰς τὴν γινομένην ἡμῖν συντάξειν, τὰ δ᾽ ἔτι διὰ τὴν τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων {(.. ... > παρελκομένων. (2) The use of the art. as a relative, of which there is no trace in the NT, may again be illustrated by the following papyrus citations from ¢c. A.D. 346—P Lond 414® (= II. Ῥ. 292) γεινῴσκιν oe θέλω περὶ τοῦ βρεουίου…

Read the full entry →

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὁ (ho) — the/this/who.

ὁ,

ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

__A demonstrative Pronoun.

__B in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article.

__C in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive…

Read the full entry →

Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὁ ἡ τό

ho

he hay, and the neuter

to to

in all their inflections; the definite article; the (sometimes to be

supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one,

he, she, it, etc.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὁ, ἡ, τό

Article

the

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὁ ho 19x

the prepositive article, answering, to a considerable extent, to the English definite article; but, for the principle and facts of its usage, consult a grammar; ὁ μὲν ... ὁ δέ, the one ... the other, Phil. 1:16, 17; Heb. 7:5, 6, 20, 21, 23, 24; pl. some ... others, Mt. 13:23; 22:5, 6; ὁ δέ, but he, Mt. 4:4; 12:48; οἱ δέ, but others, Mt. 28:17; used, in a poetic quotation, for a personal pronoun, Acts 17:28

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὁ the, that

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is

demonstr. Pronoun.

the definite Article.

in epic, the relative Pronoun, when it is written with the accent ὅ, ἥ, τό ῀ ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. Besides the common forms, note epic gen. sg. τοῖο for τοῦ; pl. nom. τοί, ταί; gen. fem. τάων [α^], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι; dual gen, and dat. τοῖιν:— in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν . . , τοὶ δέ . . , for οἱ μέν . . , οἱ δέ . . ; dat. pl. also τοῖσι, ταῖσι: the dual has commonly but one gender, τώ for τά, τοῖν for ταῖν.

DEMONSTR. PRONOUN:

joined with a Subst., not as the Art., but like Lat. ille, ὁ Τυδείδης Tydeus's famous son, Il.; Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων Nestor— that aged man, id. Il.; τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, id. Il.

Read the full entry →

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Art-NSF — Article · nominative · singular · feminine
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked singular feminine.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

T-NSF Part of Speech: definite arTicle Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Feminine

English usagewhat the translators’ English meant

Webster's Dictionary (1828), Webster's Unabridged (1913), Webster's Dictionary (1806)

THE, an adjective or definitive adjective.

1. This adjective is used as a definitive, that is, before nouns which are specific or understood; or it is used to limit their signification to a specific thing or things, or to describe them; as the laws of the twelve tables. the independent tribunals of justice in our country, are the security or private rights, and the best bulwark against arbitrary power. the sun is the source of light and heat.

This he calls the preaching of the cross.

2. the is also used rhetorically before a noun in the singular number, to denote a species by way of distinction; a single thing representing the whole. the fig tree putteth forth her green figs; the almond tree shall flourish; the grasshopper shall be a burden.

3. In poetry, the sometimes loses the final vowel before another vowel.

Th' adorning thee with so much art,

Is but a barb'rous skill.

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

64%the

the64% · 13160×<the>28% · 5846×those3% · 597×other renderings4% · 788×other renderings1% · 294×

20,685 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 83 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

subject34%adverbial32%object24%predicate5%indirect object4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 19,783 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

καίand, even, also, nam

αὐτόςεἰμίI am, existἐγώ

ἐν

καίand, even, also,αὐτόςὁArticle the

εἰς

αὐτόςεἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inἔρχομαιI come, go

αὐτός

λέγωI say, speakδέbut, on the otheπρός

εἰμίI am, exist

οὗτοςσύἐγώ

ὁthe19783×

what comes after →

θεόςGod, a god

ὁArticle theκαίand, even, also,ἐγώ

δέbut, on the other ha

λέγωI say, speakἸησοῦςJesusἀποκρίνομαιI answer, reply

ἸησοῦςJesus

λέγωI say, speakκαίand, even, also,ὁArticle the

κύριοςlord, Lord, master,

ἐγώἸησοῦςJesusὁArticle the

πατήρfather, Father, ance

ἐγώσύαὐτός

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceὁ · 19,783× in the New Testament

Matthew Acts Luke John Revelation Mark Romans 1 Corinthians Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

40 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century

Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas

Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. BC 6th c. AD

P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος Νεχούτου.

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

δὲde now G1161 Conjunction ¶

2,787× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

about as common in John as anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

This is a conjunction that means and, but, or then, used to connect ideas like in Matthew 1:2 and 2 Corinthians 6:15.

Tyndale gloss

then

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

δέ (de) is a post-positive particle in Greek, primarily used as a conjunction to connect clauses. It can express contrast (but, on the other hand) or continuation (and, also), and is often used to transition between ideas or to add emphasis. In the New Testament, it appears frequently in various contexts, such as contrasting statements or resuming interrupted discourse, with notable examples in Matthew and 2 Corinthians.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96),

post-positive conjunctive particle;

copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

δέ (related to δή, as μέν to μήν, ef. Klotz ad Devar. ii. 2 p. 355), a particle adversative, distinctive, disjunctive, but, moreover, (W.§ 53, 7 and 10, 2); it is much more freq. in the historical parts of the N. T. than in the other books, very rare in the Epp. of John and the Apocalypse. {On its general neglect of elision (when the next word begins with a vowel) cf. Tdf. Proleg. p. 96; WH. App. Ῥ 146; W.§5,1a.; B. p.10sq.] It is used ἘΠ ΟἹ δὲ univ. by way of opposition and distinction; it is added to statements opp. to a preceding statement: ἐὰν yap ἀφῆτε... ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀφῆτε, Mt. vi. 14 sq.; ἐὰν de ὁ ὀφθαλμὸς κτλ. Mt. vi. 23; ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι, Mk. ii. 20; it opposes persons to persons or things previously mentioned or thought of, —either with strong emphasis: ἐγὼ δέ, Mt. v. 22, 28, 32, 34, 39,44; ἡμεῖς de, 1 Co. i. 23; 2 Co. x. 13; σὺ δέ, Mt. vi. 6; ὑμεῖς δέ, Mk. viii. 29; of δὲ…

Read the full entry →

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

δεῖ. For the conjunctive, as in Mt 26%, cf. P Fay 109° (early i/A.D.) ἐάν σε δῇ (for δέῃ) τὸ εἱμάτιόν σου θεῖναι ἐνέχυρον. “even if you have to pawn your cloak” (Edd.). In P Tebt I. 585° (B.c. 111) we have ἐάν followed by the indicative— ἐὰν δεῖ σε συνπεσεῖν τῶι ᾿Ανικήτωι, σύνπεσαι, ‘if you must meet Anicetus, meet him” (Edd.): cf. Mayser G7. p. 325. Other examples of the verb are l’ Par 461® (B.C. 153) διὸ Kal ἡγούμενος δεῖν ἐπ᾿ ἄλλου μὲν μηθενὸς αὐτῶι διακριθῆναι» P Lille I. 267 (iii.B.c.) περὶ (corr. from πεερὶ) δὲ τούτου τοῦ μέρους δεήσει ἐπισχεῖν, P Tebt 11. 3414 (A.p. 140-1) δεήσι ἐπισταλῆναι εἰς δάνε[ι]α σπέρματα κατασπίο]ρᾶς KTA., “ΕἼ will be necessary to send on account of loans of seedcorn for the sowing,” etc., AécheZ 1001" © (Theran Doric —c. B.C. 200) no one may bring forward a proposal ὡς δεείσῃ διαλῦσαι τὸ κοινὸν εἰ τὰς θυσίας, P Flor II. 133" (A.D. 257) ἔδι μὲν ὑμᾶς μηδὲ…

Read the full entry →

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

δέ (de) — then.

δέ,

but: adversative and copulative Particle,

I. answering to μέν (which see), τὴν νῦν μὲν Βοιωτίαν, πρότερον δὲ Καδμηίδα γῆν καλουμένην [Refs 5th c.BC+]

II. without preceding μέν,

II.1. adversative, expressing distinct opposition, αἰεί τοι τὰ κάκ᾽ ἐστὶ φίλα.. μαντεύεσθαι, ἐσθλὸν δ᾽ οὔτε τί πω εἶπας[Refs 5th c.BC+]; so in Prose, οὐκ ἐπὶ κακῷ, ἐλευθερώσει δέ.. [Refs 5th c.BC+]

II.2. copulative,

II.2. a in explanatory clauses, ξυνέβησαν.. τὰ μακρὰ τείχη ἑλεῖν (ἦν δὲ σταδίων μάλιστα ὀκτώ) [Refs 8th c.BC+]: when a substantive is followed by words in apposition, Ἀρισταγόρῃ τῷ Μιλησίῳ, δούλῳ δὲ ἡμετέρῳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so in answers, διπλᾶ λέγειν. —Answ. διπλᾶδ᾽ ὁρᾶν…

Read the full entry →

Strong's Greek Dictionary

δέ

de

a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and,

etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

δέ

Cj.

but, on the other hand, and

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

δέ de 2x

a conjunctive particle, marking the superaddition of a clause, whether in opposition or in continuation, to what has preceded, and it may be variously rendered but, on the other hand, and, also, now, etc.; καὶ δέ, when there is a special superaddition in continuation, too, yea, etc. It sometimes is found at the commencement of the apodosis of a sentence, Acts 11:17. It serves also to mark the resumption of an interrupted discourse, 2 Cor. 2:10; Gal. 2:6

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

δέ but: conjunctive Particle, with adversative force: it commonly answers to μέν, and may often be rendered by while, whereas, on the other hand, v. μέν:— but μέν is often omitted, δέ being used merely to pass on from one thing to another; ὣς Ἀχιλεὺς θάμβησεν, θάμβησαν δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι Il.; etc.; κινεῖ κραδίην κινεῖ δὲ χόλον Eur.

δέ is often redundant,

to introduce the apodosis, where it may be rendered by then, yet, εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι if they will not give it, then I will take it, Il.; so at in Lat., si tu oblitus es, at Dii meminerint Catull.

to resume after interruption caused by a parenthesis, where it may be rendered by I say, now, so then, Hdt.

POSITION of δέ: properly second, being often put between the Art. and Subst., the prep. and case.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Conj — Conjunction
conjunction — it joins clauses, and never changes form.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

CONJ CONJunction or conjunctive particle

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

33%now

now33% · 974×however27% · 780×then21% · 620×and12% · 360×but5% · 154×other renderings2% · 49×

2,937 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 15 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 2,787 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

ὁArticle the

αὐτόςεἰμίI am, existσύ

λέγωI say, speak

αὐτόςκύριοςlord, Lord, mastπεντακισχίλιοιfive thousand

εἰCond

παλαιόςold, ancient, woσύεἰμίI am, exist

εἰμίI am, exist

περιπατέωI walk, conduct ἀναπίπτωI lie down, reclμνημεῖονa tomb, sepulche

οὗτος

δίδωμιI offer, giveθεόςGod, a godπίστιςfaith, belief, t

δέnow2787×

what comes after →

ὁArticle the

ἸησοῦςJesusθεόςGod, a godκύριοςlord, Lord, mast

αὐτός

ὁArticle theκαίand, even, also,ἐπί

λέγωI say, speak

αὐτόςὁArticle theσύ

καίand, even, also, nam

ὁArticle theοὗτοςἸωάννηςJohn

τὶς

ὁArticle theαὐτόςὄνομαname, character,

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceδέ · 2,787× in the New Testament

Acts Luke Matthew 1 Corinthians John Mark Romans 2 Corinthians Hebrews Galatians James 1 Timothy

2 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament26 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

οἰκίαoikia house G3614 Noun · nominative · singular · feminine ¶

94× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

rarer in John than elsewhere in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

The Greek word for home or house, referring to a physical dwelling or a family. It appears in Matthew 2:11 and John 14:2, where Jesus talks about his Father's house. It can also mean the body as a dwelling for the soul, as in 2 Corinthians 5:1.

Amplified meaning

the home, the gathering place

Tyndale gloss

home

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word οἰκία (lemma: oikia) refers to a house or dwelling, often used to denote a household or family. It is derived from οἶκος and is frequently found in the New Testament, such as in Matthew 2:11 and 2 Corinthians 5:1, where it can also metaphorically refer to the body as the dwelling of the soul. The distinction between οἰκία and οἶκος is noted, with the former typically indicating the dwelling itself and the latter encompassing the entire estate.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

οἰκία, -ας, ἡ

(< οἶκος),

[in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for בַּיִת;]

a house, dwelling: Mt 2:11 7:24-27, Mk 1:29, al.; ἐν οἰκίᾳ (= cl. κατ ̓ οἰκίαν), at home, Lk 8:27; εἰς οἰ., II Jo 10; οἰ, c. gen. pers., usually has the art. (Mt 8:14, al., but cf. οἶκος and v. Bl., § 46, 9); ἡ οἰ. τ. πατρός μου, Jo 14:2. Metaph.,

of the body as the dwelling of the soul: II Co 5:1;

of property (as בַּיִת, Ge 45:18, LXX, τ. ὑπάρχοντα; III Ki 13:8, LXX, οἶκος) = οἶκος (q.v.): Mk 12:40, Lk…

Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

οἰκία, -as, ἡ, (οἶκος), Sept. for m3, [fr. Hdt. down], a house; a. prop. an inhabited edifice, a dwelling: Mt. ii. 11; vii. 24-27; Mk.i. 29; Lk. xv. 8; Jn. xii. 3; Acts iv. 34; 1 Co. xi. 22; 2 Tim. ii. 20, and often; οἱ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ se. ὄντες, Mt. v. 15; οἱ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας with gen. of pers., Phil. iv. 22; ἡ οἰκία τοῦ (πατρός pov) θεοῦ, i. e. heaven, Jn. xiv. 2; of the body as the habitation of the soul, 2 Co. v. 1. b. the inmates of a house, the family : Mt. xii. 25; ἡ οἰκία τινός, the household, the family of any one, Jn. iv. 53; 1 Co. xvi. 15 [ef. W. § 58, 4; Β. § 129, 8a.]; univ. for persons dwelling in the house, Mt. x. 13. Ὁ: property, wealth, goods, [ οἷ. Ταῦ. res familiaris]: τινός, Mt. xxiii. 14 (13) Ree. [ef. Wetst. ad loc.]; Mk. xii. 40; Lk. xx. 47; so οἶκος in Hom. (as Od. 2, 237 κατέδουσι βιαίως οἶκον ᾿Οδυσσῆος, cf. 4, 318), in Hdt. 8, 53 and in Attic; Hebr. 973, Gen. xlv.18…

Read the full entry →

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

οἰκία. For οἰκία, ‘‘a house,” in the ordinary sense of the term, it is sufficient to cite such passages as P Petr IT. 12(1)” (B.C. 241) ἐνωικοδομηκότας τὰς θύρας τῶν οἰκιῶν, ‘built up the doors of the houses,” zd. I. 1410 (a Will—s.c. 237) Katahipmavw . . [τὴν élv ᾿Αλεξανδρείαι οἰκίαν ἐμοὶ ὑπάρχουσαν, Ρ Ryl IT. 12535 (a.p. 28-0) ἔριψεν ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ μου τὴν πυξίδα κενήν, “he threw the box empty into my house ’’ (Edd.), P Oxy I. 99° (A.D. 55) μέρος ἥμισυ τῆς ὑπαρχούσης αὐτῷ μητρικῆς οἰκία[ς] τριστέγου, “ one half of a three-storied house inherited from his mother,” and BGU I. 2255 (A.D. 114) (= Selections, p. 76) ἀνέβη εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν pov. In phrases similar to the last, the word οἰκία is sometimes omitted, e.g. P Oxy III. 4724 (c. A.D. 130) ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ τε kal τοῦ κληρονομεῖν μέλλοντος υἱοῦ προῆλQe, ‘but it was from the house of himself and his son and future heir that he came forth’’…

Read the full entry →

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

οἰκία (oikia) — home.

οἰκί-α,

Ionic dialect οἰκίη, Cretan dialect and Locrian dialect ϝοικία, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—ἡ, building, house, dwelling, [Refs 5th c.BC+] at home, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔτυχεν ἐπὶ τῆς οἰ. was at home, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] as house to set of apartments or room, τᾶν οἰκιᾶν τιμὰν κομιζέσθω τῶ οἴκω ἑκάστω δύο μνᾶς [Refs 4th c.BC+]

2. in Attic dialect law, οἶκος was distinguished from οἰκία, the former being the property left at a person's death, his estate, the latter the dwelling-house only, as stated by [Refs 5th c.BC+]

3. distinguished from συνοικία, as one's own apartments from those let out to lodgers, [Refs 4th c.BC+]

Read the full entry →

Strong's Greek Dictionary

οἰκία

oikia

from 3624; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely)

an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family

(especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).

see GREEK for 3624

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

οἰκία, ας, ἡ

n.f.

a house, household

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

οἰκία oikia 93x

a house, dwelling, an abode, Mt. 2:11; 7:24, 27; trop. the bodily abode of the soul, 2 Cor. 5:1; meton. a household, family, Mt. 10:13; 12:25; meton. goods, property, means, Mt. 23:13

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

οἰκία οἰκία, ἡ, οἰκέω a building, house, dwelling, Hdt.

a household, domestic establishment, Plat.; οἰκίας δύο ᾤκει, i. e. he kept two establishments, Dem.

the household, i. e. inmates of the house, Lat. familia, Plat.

the house or family from which one is descended, Hdt., attic

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Noun-NSF — Noun · nominative · singular · feminine
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked singular feminine.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-NSF Part of Speech: Noun Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Feminine

Bible dictionarieson the English sense

International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

hous (bayith; oikos, in classical Greek generally "an estate," oikia, oikema (literally, "habitation"), in Ac 12:1, "prison"):

I. CAVE DWELLINGS

II. STONE-BUILT AND MUD/BRICK-BUILT HOUSES

1. Details of Plan and Construction

(1) Corner-Stone

(2) Floor

(3) Gutter

(4) Door

(5) Hinge

(6) Lock and Key

(7) Threshold

(8) Hearth

(9) Window

(10) Roof

2. Houses of More than One Story

(1) Upper Chambers and Stairs

(2) Palaces and Castles

3. Internal Appearance

III. OTHER MEANINGS

LITERATURE

I. Cave Dwellings.

The earliest permanent habitations of the prehistoric inhabitants of Palestine were the natural caves which abound throughout the country. As the people increased and grouped themselves into communities, these abodes were supplemented by systems of artificial caves which, in some cases, developed into extensive burrowings of many adjoining compartments, having…

Easton's Bible Dictionary

House

Till their sojourn in Egypt the Hebrews dwelt in tents. They then for the first time inhabited cities (Gen. 47:3; Ex. 12:7; Heb. 11:9). From the earliest times the Assyrians and the Canaanites were builders of cities. The Hebrews after the Conquest took possession of the captured cities, and seem to have followed the methods of building that had been pursued by the Canaanites. Reference is made to the stone (1 Kings 7:9; Isa. 9:10) and marble (1 Chr. 29:2) used in building, and to the internal wood-work of the houses (

Smith's Bible Dictionary

The houses of the rural poor in Egypt, as well as in most parts of Syria, Arabia and Persia, are generally mere huts of mud or sunburnt bricks. In some parts of Palestine and Arabia stone is used, and in certain districts caves in the rocks are used as dwellings. (Amos 5:11) The houses are usually of one story only, viz., the ground floor, and often contain only one apartment. Sometimes a small court for the cattle is attached; and in some cases the cattle are housed in the same building, or the live in a raised platform, and, the cattle round them on the ground. (1 Samuel 28:24) The windows are small apertures high up in the walls, sometimes grated with wood. The roofs are commonly but not always flat, and are usually formed of plaster of mud and straw laid upon boughs or…

American Tract Society Bible Dictionary

Is often put for dwelling, residence; and hence the temple, and even the tabernacle, are called the house of God.

The universal mode of building houses in the East, is in the form of a hollow square, with an open court or yard in the center; which is thus entirely shut in by the walls of the house around it. Into this court all the windows open, there being usually no windows towards the street. Some houses of large size require several courts, and these usually communicate with each other. These courts are commonly paved; and in many large houses parts of them are planted with shrubs and trees, Ps 84:3 128:3; they have also, when possible, a fountain in them, often with a jet d’ eau, 2Sa 17:18. It is customary in many houses to extend an awning over the whole court in hot…

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

85%house

house85% · 81×houses7% · 7×household4% · 4×other renderings3% · 3×

95 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 6 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

adverbial55%object23%subject14%predicate6%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 94 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

ὁArticle the

εἰςἐναὐτός

εἰς

εἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inοἰκίαa house, househoἔρχομαιI come, go

ἐν

ΒηθανίαBethanyκαίand, even, also,ζητέωI seek, search f

ἀφίημιI send away, release

ὅςὅστις

ἤDisj

πόλιςa cityχωρίονa place, piece o

οἰκίαhouse94×

what comes after →

αὐτός

καίand, even, also,διαρπάζωI plunder, rob tὅλοςall, the whole,

ὁArticle the

ἰσχυρόςstrong, mighty, χῆροςa widowἄρχωνa ruler, prince,

καίand, even, also, nam

ὁράωI see, look uponπροσέρχομαιI come near, conἀδελφόςa brother

ἐκεῖνος

καίand, even, also,ἵστημιI cause to standμέγας

ΣίμωνSimon

ὁArticle theκαίand, even, also,πενθεράa mother-in-law

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceοἰκία · 94× in the New Testament

Luke Matthew Mark Acts John 1 Corinthians 2 Corinthians 2 Timothy 1 Timothy 2 John Philippians

Across the New Testament11 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance

εἰς×ἤDisj×εἰσέρχομαιI go in, come in, enter×ΣίμωνSimon×ἐκεῖνος×ἀφίημιI send away, release, remit, forgive, permit×μένωI remain, abide×οἰκοδομέωI build, build up, edify×

The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

בֵּיתfem. of בַּיִן, בֵּין prep. between H1004b בַּ֫יִת h82%H1004 · 118 verses

Counted over the 143 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century

Philo of Alexandria Josephus Clement of Rome The Shepherd of Hermas

Philo of AlexandriaAllegorical Interpretation of Genesis 2.34c. AD 40

διὸ καὶ Μωυσῆς φησιν ὅτι „οὐκ ἐάσει τὸν ὀλοθρεύοντα εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὰς οἰκίας ὑμῶν πατάξαι“ (Exod.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.202c. AD 75–95

Ὁ θεὸς οὖν ἀγανακτήσας αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τοῖς τολμήμασι τοὺς μὲν ἠμαύρωσεν, ὡς μὴ δυνηθῆναι τὴν εἴσοδον τὴν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν εὑρεῖν, Σοδομιτῶν δὲ κατέκρινε πάνδημον ὄλεθρον.

Clement of RomeFirst Clement 12.6c. AD 96

ὡς ἐὰν οὖν γνῷς παραγινομένους ἡμᾶς, συνάξεις πάντας τοὺς σοὺς ὑπὸ τὸ στέγος σου, καὶ διασωθήσονται: ὅσοι γὰρ ἐὰν εὑρεθῶσιν ἔξω τῆς οἰκίας, ἀπολοῦνται.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 4th c. AD 6th c. AD

P.Stras. 2 90Pathyris100 BC

int,1 ἔτους ιϛ, Ἁθὺρ β. ὠνή. Θοτορταῖος Πατῆτος ἀπʼ οἰκίας ᾠκοδομημένης, ἐν ᾗ καμάρα, καὶ αὐλῆς ἥμισυ καὶ θυρώματα, ἐπρίατο Πετεαρσεμθεὺς Πανοβχούνιος χαλκοῦ δραχμὰς

P.Adl. 20Poinkoris (Diopolites)99 BC

ἀπὸ λιβὸς μέρει κώμης Μούχεως ἑπταρούρων πήχεις στερεοὺς μέτρῳ βασιλικοὺς τριακοσίους ὧν γείτονες νότου οἰκία Πκώιος ἧς κρατεῖ … , βορρᾶ οἱ λοιποὶ τόποι, ἀπηλιώτου ῥύμη βασιλική, λιβὸς οἱ

P.Amh. 2 51Pathyris89 BC

ἀπέδοτο Πετεῆσις Πατῆτος Πελαίαι Εὐνόου τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν αὐτῶι ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ ἀπηλιώτου μέρει Παθύρεως οἰκίαν ᾠκοδομημένην καὶ δεδοκωμένην καὶ τεθυρωμένην ἧς αἱ γειτνίαι δεδήλωνται διὰ τῆς ὠνῆς.

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

ἐπληρώθηplēroō was filled G4137 Verb · aorist · passive · indicative · third person · singular ¶

86× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

about as common in John as anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

This verb means to fulfill or make something complete, like filling a net or satisfying a need, as in Matthew 13:48 and Philippians 4:19, where it talks about filling every need.

Tyndale gloss

to fulfill

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

πληρόω (plēroō) means to fill or fulfill, often used in both literal and figurative senses. It can refer to filling physical objects, completing tasks, or fulfilling prophecies, as seen in passages like Matthew 1:22. The word is derived from a root meaning to make full and covers a range of uses, including filling with influence or completing a period.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

πληρόω, -ῶ,

[in LXX chiefly for מָלֵא;]

to fill, make full, fill to the full, c. acc.;

of things: pass. (σαψήνη, φάραγξ), Mt 13:48, Lk 3:5(LXX); fig., Mt 23:32; but chiefly of immaterial things: πᾶσαν χρείαν, Phl 4:19; ἦχος ἐπλήρωσε τ. οἶκον, Ac 2:2; c. gen. rei (cl.), Ac 5:28; pass., seq. ἐκ, Jo 12:3 (cf. B1., § 36, 4); π. τ. καρδίαν, Jo 16:6, Ac 5:3; metaph., of the all-pervading activity of Christ, Eph 4:10; mid., Eph…

Read the full entry →

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

πληρόω. The original meaning ‘‘fill,” ‘“‘fill to the full” (MGr πληρῶ) may be illustrated from the phrase in Sy// 633 θεῶι, λαμβανέτωι τὸ ἥμισίν. The meaning ‘‘ pay” is very common (MGr trAepjvw)—e.g. P Hib I. 401} (B.c. 261) δραχμὴν μίαν οὐθείς σοι μὴ TANPM, “no one will pay so much as I drachma” (Edd ), BGU IV. 105529 (B.c. 13) μέχρει TOD πληρωθῆναι τὸ Savoy, P Oxy I. 114% (ii/ili A.D.) κεῖται πρὸς β μνᾶς: πεπλήρωκα τὸν τόκον μέχρι τοῦ ᾿Εἰπεὶφ πρὸς στατῆρα τῆς μνᾶς, ‘it is pledged for two minae. I have paid the interest up to Epeiph, at the rate of a stater per mina” (Edd.), P Grenf IT. 774 (iti/iv A.D.) (= Selections, p. 120) ἐπλήρωσα [αὐ]τὸν [το]ὺς μισθοὺς τῆς παρακομιδῆς τοῦ σώματος, “I paid him the costs of the carriage of the body”; P Oxy XII. 1489° (late iii/A.D.) ἐνοχλεῖς μοι ὅτι ὀφείλεις ᾿Αγαθὸς(-- @) Δαίμονι χαλκόν: πεπλήρωσί-- κ)α αὐτόν, ‘you worry me about the money…

Read the full entry →

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

πληρόω (plēroō) — to fulfill.

πληρ-όω,

3rd.pers. plural imperfect ἐπληροῦσαν cited by [Refs 5th c.BC+]: future -ώσω: perfect πεπλήρωκα, Aeolic dialect participle πεπληρώκων [Refs] —middle, future πληρώσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἐπληρωσάμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, future -ωθήσομαι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; future middle in passive sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—make full:

I. with genitive of things, fill full of, λάρνακας λίθων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κρατῆρα, πίστρα (i.e. οἴνου), [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, to be filled full, τινος of a thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

I.2. fill full of food, gorge, satiate, βορᾶς ψυχὴν ἐπλήρουν [Refs 5th c.BC+] glut one's rage, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, to be filled full of, satisfied, δαιτὸς -ωθείς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φόβου, ἐλπίδος, etc.…

Read the full entry →

Strong's Greek Dictionary

πληρόω

pleroo

from 4134; to make replete, i.e. (literally) to cram (a net), level up

(a hollow), or (figuratively) to furnish (or imbue, diffuse,

influence), satisfy, execute (an office), finish (a period or task),

verify (or coincide with a prediction), etc.:--accomplish, X after,

(be) complete, end, expire, fill (up), fulfil, (be, make) full (come),

fully preach, perfect, supply.

see GREEK for 4134

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

πληρόω

v.

I fill, fulfill, complete

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

πληρόω plēroō 86x

pluperf., πεπληρώκει (3 sg), to fill, make full, fill up, Mt. 13:48; 23:32; Lk. 3:5; to fill up a deficiency, Phil. 4:18, 19; to pervade, Jn. 12:3; Acts 2:2; to pervade with an influence, to influence fully, possess fully, Jn. 16:6; Acts 2:28; 5:3; Rom. 1:29; Eph. 5:18; to complete, perfect, Jn. 3:29; Read the full entry →

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

πληρόω πλήρης fut. mid. in pass. sense to make full:

c. gen. rei, to fill full of, Hdt., etc.:—Pass. to be filled full of, Aesch., etc.

to fill full of food, to gorge, satiate, βορᾶς ψυχὴν ἐπλήρουν Eur.; metaph., πληροῦν θυμόν to glut one's rage, animum explere, Soph., etc.

c. dat. to fill with, Eur.: Pass., πνεύμασιν πληρούμενοι filled with breath, Aesch.; πεπληρωμένος ἀδικίαι NTest.

πλ. ναῦν, τριήρη to man a ship, Hdt.; πληροῦτε θωρακεῖα man the breast-works, Aesch.; in Mid., πληροῦσθαι τὴν ναῦν to man one's ship, Xen.:—Pass., of the ships, Thuc.

of number, to make full or complete, τοὺς δέκα μῆνας Hdt.;—so in Mid., NTest.:—Pass. to be completed, Hdt., NTest.

πλ. δικαστήριον to fill it, Dem.

Read the full entry →

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Verb-API-3S — Verb · aorist · passive · indicative · third person · singular
aorist passive indicative — a completed action, viewed as a whole.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

V-API-3S Part of Speech: Verb Tense: Aorist Voice: Passive Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Singular

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

20%may be fulfilled

may be fulfilled20% · 18×fulfilled8% · 7×it may be fulfilled7% · 6×filled6% · 5×has been fulfilled6% · 5×completed5% · 4×has filled2% · 2×fulfill2% · 2×other renderings44% · 39×

88 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 47 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

verb100%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 86 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

ἵναin order that, so th

γίνομαιI come into beinἀλλάbut, exceptἩρῴδηςHerod

δέbut, on the other ha

ὡςas, like as, howδιετίαtwo years

σύ

καίand, even, also,χαράjoy, gladnessὑπέρ

γραφήa writing, passage o

ὁArticle the

καίand, even, also, nam

βίαιοςstrong, violentἐγώ

πληρόωwas filled86×

what comes after →

ὁArticle the

εἶπονI say, speakγραφήa writing, passaλόγοςa word, speech,

πᾶςall, the whole, ever

ὁArticle theδικαιοσύνηjustice, justnesἀδικίαunrighteousness

ἐν

ὁArticle theἹεροσόλυμαPropἑαυτοῦ

ὅς

λέγωI say, speakεἰμίI am, exist

σύ

ὁArticle theπᾶςall, the whole,

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceπληρόω · 86× in the New Testament

Acts Matthew John Luke Romans Colossians Ephesians Philippians 2 Corinthians Mark Revelation 1 John

Across the New Testament17 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance

ἵναin order that, so that×εἶπονI say, speak×γραφήa writing, passage of scripture, the scriptu×χαράjoy, gladness×λόγοςa word, speech, divine utterance, analogy×καιρόςfitting season, opportunity, time×ὅλοςall, the whole, entire×τότεthen×

The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

מָלֵאbe full, fill57%H4390 · 29 verses

Counted over the 50 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century

Philo of Alexandria Josephus Ignatius of Antioch The Shepherd of Hermas Polycarp

Philo of AlexandriaAllegorical Interpretation of Genesis 3.4c. AD 40

πάντα γὰρ πεπλήρωκεν ὁ θεὸς καὶ διὰ πάντων διελήλυθεν καὶ κενὸν οὐδὲν οὐδὲ ἔρημον ἀπολέλοιπεν ἑαυτοῦ.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.120c. AD 75–95

Σκίδνανται δὴ τὸ λοιπὸν ἐντεῦθεν ὑπὸ τῆς ἀλλογλωσσίας τὰς ἀποικίας ποιησάμενοι πανταχοῦ, καὶ γῆν ἕκαστοι κατελάμβανον τὴν ἐντυχοῦσαν καὶ εἰς ἣν αὐτοὺς ἦγεν ὁ θεός, ὡς πληρωθῆναι πᾶσαν αὐτῶν ἤπειρον μεσόγεών τε καὶ παράλιον·

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 6.12c. AD 100

καὶ εἶπεν κύριος, ἰδὼν τὸ καλὸν πλάσμα ἡμῶν: Λὐξάνεσθε καὶ πληθυνέσθε καὶ πληρώσατε τὴν γῆν.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

6th c. AD 4th c. AD 7th c. AD 5th c. AD 2nd c. AD

P.Worp 16AD 11

ἀσφαλισθῆναι αὐτὰ καὶ οὐκ οἴδαμεν ποῦ κεῖται ὥστε … … έτακται ἡμῖν πληρῶσαι ὑμᾶς σπουδάσαντας … … θαι πάντα. … ἔρρωσo … … ι … ἔτους μα

P.Lond. 2 p. 187-188 no. 293Dionysias (ArsinoitesAD 114

Θέρμιον τὸ ἐπιβάλλον αὐτῇ μέρος … οὗ μέτρα νότον ἐπὶ βορρᾶ πήχεις τεσσ … πληρωθῇ ἡ Θέρμιον τὸ ἐπιβάλλον αὐτῇ μέρος … ὅλων πηχισμῶν, τὴν δὲ Θαισᾶν καὶ αὐτὴν

P.Col. 8 218Tebtynis (Arsinoites)AD 139

μεμισθωμένας κατὰ μίσθωσιν τοῦ προδιεληλυθότος κα ἔτους θεοῦ Ἁδριανοῦ ἧς ὁ χρόνος ἐπληρώθη εἰς τὸ διεληλυθὸς α ἔτος ἀρούρας περὶ τὴν προκειμένην κώμην α … … αρα

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

ἐκek with G1537 Preposition ¶

913× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

about as common in John as anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

The preposition 'out from' shows movement or origin, like in John 6:31 and Acts 9:3. It helps us understand where people or things come from or are going.

Tyndale gloss

out from

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word ἐκ (transliterated as ek) is a preposition that means 'from' or 'out of,' governing the genitive case. It indicates origin, separation, or motion away from a place, time, or cause. In the New Testament, it is used to denote various relationships, such as source or distinction, and appears in contexts like John 6:31 and Matthew 1:3. Different lexicons highlight its versatility in both literal and metaphorical senses.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ἐκ (ἐξ),

prep. c. gen.,

from out of, from (see Addendum, p. 492).

ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ,

prep. c. gen.,

of motion outwards, separation from (opp. to εἰς; = Lat. e, ex), from out of, from among, from.

Of Place,

of motion, out of, forth from, off from: Jo 6:31, Ac 9:3, Ga 1:8, al.; esp. after verbs of motion, Mt 8:28 17:9, Mk 1:25 7:28, Jo 1:33 20:1, Ac 12:7, 17 27:30, al.; constr. praeg., σώζειν (διας.) ἐκ, Ju 5, Ac 28:4. Metaph., Mt 7:4, 5, I Pe 2:9; ἐκ τ.…

Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ, a preposition governing the genitive. It denotes as well exit or emission out of, as separation from, something with which there has been close connection ; opp. to the prepositions εἰς into and ἐν in: from out of, out from, forth from, from, (Lat. e, ex), [ οἵ. W. 364, 366 (343) sq.; B. 326 sq. (281)]. It is used I. of Pace, and 1. univ. of the place from which; from a surrounding or enclosing place, from the interior of: ἄρτος, ἄγγελος, φῶς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, Jn. vi. 81 sq.; Acts ix. 3 [here RG ἀπό]; Gal. 1. 8; ἀνατολή, δύναμις ἐξ ὕψους, Lk. i. 78; xxiv. 49; esp. after verbs of going, fleeing, leading, calling, freeing, removing, releasing, etc. : ἥκειν ἐκ τῆς ᾿Ιουδαίας eis τ. Γαλιλαίαν, Jn. iv. 47; ἐξέρχεσθαι ἔκ τινος out of the body of one (spoken of demons), Mk. i. 25; v. 8 [here L mrg. ἀπό]; vii. 29; of power emanating from the body, Mk. v. 30 [cf. B. 301 (258)…

Read the full entry →

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ἐκ 190 passages as P Tebt I. 23" (c. B.C. 119 or 114) οὐκ ὀρθῶς κρίνομεν πέπρακταί σοι μὴ ἐκ τῆς ἡμῶν προεδρίας πεφροντικέναι ἀπροσδέητον ἑτέρων γενέσθαι, ‘I consider that you have acted badly in not having been careful that he should be independent of others owing to my superior rank ”’ (Edd. ), 24. 248° (B.c. 117) ἔκ τε τῆς πλείστης προσεδρείας, ‘on account of the prolonged attendance ’’ (Edd.), and P Fay 12} (c. B.C. 103) ἐκ κοινολογ[ς(]α[ς] τ[ἢ]ς συνσταθείσης πρὸς αὐτούς, ‘‘as the result of the colloquy which took place between τ᾿ (Edd.). From this it is an easy transition to the meaning ‘‘ according to”’ or “in accordance with,’’ as in the common legal phrase καθάπερ ἐγ δίκης, ‘‘as if in accordance with a legal decision,’’ z. δ. ‘‘as if a formal decree of the court had been obtained,’’ as in P Eleph 1132 (B.C. 311-0) (= Selections, p- 3), P Ryl 11. 15435 (a.p. 66): cf. P Petr III.…

Read the full entry →

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ἐκ (ek) — out from.

ἐκ,

before a vowel ἐξ, also

__A ἐξ τῳ ϝοίκῳ [Refs] and less frequently ; ἐγ- in Inscrr. before β γ δ λ μ ; Cretan dialect and Boeotian dialect ἐς [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐχ frequently in Attic dialect Inscrr. before χ φ θ (and in early Inscrr. before ς, [Refs]:—preposition governing GEN. only (except in [Refs 4th c.BC+]:—radical sense, from out of, frequently also simply, from.

__A.I OF PLACE, the most frequently usage, variously modified:

__A.I.1 of Motion, out of, forth from, ἐκ Πύλου ἐλθὼν τηλόθεν ἐξ ἀπίης γαίης [Refs 8th c.BC+] to strike with a spear in the hand, opposed to ἀντιτοξεύειν or ἀκοντίζειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ χρυσῶν φιαλῶν πίνειν[Refs 5th c.BC+]

Read the full entry →

Strong's Greek Dictionary

ἐκ

ek

or ex ex

a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or

motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or

figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at,

betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above),

for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X

heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, ...ly, (because, by reason) of,

off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth,

through,

X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition,

with the same general import; often of completion.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ἐκ, ἐξ

Prep.

from out, out from among, from

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ἐκ ek 915x

ἐχ before vowels, with genitive, from, out of, a place, Mt. 2:15; 3:17; of, from, out of, denoting origin or source, Mt. 1:3; 21:19; of, from some material, Mt. 3:9; Rom. 9:21; of, from, among, partitively, Mt. 6:27; 21:31; Mk. 9:17; from, denoting cause, Rev. 8:11; 17:6; means or instrument, Mt. 12:33, 37; by, through, denoting the author or efficient cause, Mt. 1:18; Read the full entry →

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ἐκ

ἐξ before a vowel, ἐγ before β γ δ λ μ prep. governing GEN. only, Lat. e, exRadical sense, from out of, opp. to εἰς:

out of, from. c. gen.

OF PLACE:

of Motion, out of, forth from, Hom., etc.: ἐκ θυμοῦ φίλεον I loved her from my heart, with all my heart, Il.

to denote change from one place or condition to another, κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ one evil from (or after) another, id. Il.; λόγον ἐκ λόγου λέγειν Dem.

to express distinction from a number, ἐκ πόλεων πίσυρες four out of many, Il.

of Position, like ἔξω, outside of, beyond, ἐκ βελέων out of shot, id. Il.; ἐκ καπνοῦ out of the smoke, Od.

with Verbs of Rest, ἐκ ποταμοῦ χρόα νίζετο washed his body with water from the river, id. Od.:—with Verbs signifying to hang or fasten, ἐκ πασσαλόφι κρέμασεν φόρμιγγα he hung his lyre from (i. e. on) the peg, id.…

Read the full entry →

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Prep — Preposition
preposition — its sense depends on the case of the word it governs.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

PREP PREPosition

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

28%of

of28% · 258×from26% · 243×out of23% · 216×out from7% · 61×by5% · 51×at2% · 20×other renderings8% · 70×other renderings1% · 14×

933 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 26 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

adverbial69%predicate15%subject11%object5%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 913 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

ὁArticle the

καίand, even, also,ὅτιthat, since, becἀνάστασιςa rising again,

αὐτός

ἐγείρωI wake, arouse, ἀνίστημιI raise up, set καταβαίνωI go down, come

καίand, even, also, nam

αὐτόςσύἐγώ

εἰμίI am, exist

οὐNegὁArticle theτίςIrg

εἷςone

καίand, even, also,ὅτιthat, since, becαὐτός

ἐκwith913×

what comes after →

ὁArticle the

οὐρανόςthe sky, the heaθεόςGod, a godστόμαthe mouth, speec

αὐτός

εἰμίI am, existὁArticle theκαίand, even, also,

νεκρόςdead, a corpse

ἀνίστημιI raise up, set ἐγείρωI wake, arouse, καίand, even, also,

σύ

παραδίδωμιI hand over, delμεριμνάωI am anxious, diἄνθρωποςa man, one of th

πίστιςfaith, belief, trust

ζάωI liveἸησοῦςJesusἀλλάbut, except

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceἐκ · 913× in the New Testament

John Revelation Luke Acts Matthew Mark Romans Galatians 1 Corinthians 1 John 2 Corinthians Hebrews

Every reference is on the Strong's page.

Across the New Testament26 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance

οὐρανόςthe sky, the heaven×νεκρόςdead, a corpse×δεξιόςon the right hand, right hand, right×ἐγείρωI wake, arouse, raise up×φωνήa sound, noise, voice×στόμαthe mouth, speech×δώδεκαIndec×καταβαίνωI go down, come down×

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

τῆςho the G3588 Article · genitive · singular · feminine ¶

19,783× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

about as common in John as anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

The Greek word for 'the' or 'this', used to point out a specific person or thing, like in Acts 17:28. It can also mean 'he', 'she', or 'it'.

Tyndale gloss

the/this/who

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The definite article — the commonest word in the Greek New Testament at 19,867 occurrences. Greek uses it more freely than English does and can drop it deliberately, so its presence and its absence both carry weight for a translator; but no single occurrence carries a message of its own. Here it simply gathers “the things” into one definite bundle.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὁ, ἡ, τό,

the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article.

As demonstr. pron.

As freq. in Hom., absol., he (she, it), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus).

Distributive, ὁ μὲν . . . ὁ δέ, the one . . . the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν . . . ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀ . . . ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23.

Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὁ 435 ὁ tives of quantity, ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς, see each in its own place. d. What has been said concerning adjectives holds true also of all other limitations added to substantives, as ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro. ix. 11; ἡ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, Ro. xi. 27; 6 λόγος 6 τοῦ σταυροῦ, 1 Co. i. 18; ἡ εἰς Χριστὸν πίστις, Col. ii. 5; on the other hand, ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 1 Th. i. 8; τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους, 2 Co. viii. 4; see many other exx. of each usage in W. 131 (124) sqq.; [B. 91 (80) sqq.]. e. The noun has the article before it when a demonstrative pronoun (υὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging to it either precedes or follows [W. § 18, 4; B. § 127, 29-31]; as, ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, Jn. ix. 24 [οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρ. 1, Tr mrg. WH); Acts vi. 13; xxii. 26; ὁ λαὸς οὗτος, Mt. xv. 8; 6 vids σου οὗτος, Lk. xv. 30; plur. Lk. xxiv. 17, and numberless other exx.; οὗτος 6 ἄνθρωπος, Lk. xiv. 30; οὗτος ὁ…

Read the full entry →

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὃ, ἡ τό. (1) Apart from connexion with μέν or δέ (see below) the demonstrative use of the art. in the NT is confined to a poetical quotation Ac 1778, but it is not uncommon in the papyri, e.g. P Par 45® (B.C. 153) (= Witkowski®, p. 85) τὰ (for ἃ) πράσεις (Δ πράσσεις), P Oxy VIII. 1160! (iii/iv A.D.) Ta (for ἃ) σεσύλληχα (for συνείληχα) δὲ κέρμα {ταν τηρῶ αὐτὰ εἰς τὴν δίκην, “1 am keeping for the trial the money that I have collected” (Ed.). For the distributive Opéev.. - 6 8€, as in 1 Cor7’, cf. P Lond 535 (B.c. 161) (=I. p. 19, U.P.Z. i. p. 239) kal τὰ μὲν ἡμῶν ἐληφότων εἰς τὴν γινομένην ἡμῖν συντάξειν, τὰ δ᾽ ἔτι διὰ τὴν τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων {(.. ... > παρελκομένων. (2) The use of the art. as a relative, of which there is no trace in the NT, may again be illustrated by the following papyrus citations from ¢c. A.D. 346—P Lond 414® (= II. Ῥ. 292) γεινῴσκιν oe θέλω περὶ τοῦ βρεουίου…

Read the full entry →

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὁ (ho) — the/this/who.

ὁ,

ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

__A demonstrative Pronoun.

__B in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article.

__C in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive…

Read the full entry →

Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὁ ἡ τό

ho

he hay, and the neuter

to to

in all their inflections; the definite article; the (sometimes to be

supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one,

he, she, it, etc.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὁ, ἡ, τό

Article

the

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὁ ho 19x

the prepositive article, answering, to a considerable extent, to the English definite article; but, for the principle and facts of its usage, consult a grammar; ὁ μὲν ... ὁ δέ, the one ... the other, Phil. 1:16, 17; Heb. 7:5, 6, 20, 21, 23, 24; pl. some ... others, Mt. 13:23; 22:5, 6; ὁ δέ, but he, Mt. 4:4; 12:48; οἱ δέ, but others, Mt. 28:17; used, in a poetic quotation, for a personal pronoun, Acts 17:28

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὁ the, that

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is

demonstr. Pronoun.

the definite Article.

in epic, the relative Pronoun, when it is written with the accent ὅ, ἥ, τό ῀ ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. Besides the common forms, note epic gen. sg. τοῖο for τοῦ; pl. nom. τοί, ταί; gen. fem. τάων [α^], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι; dual gen, and dat. τοῖιν:— in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν . . , τοὶ δέ . . , for οἱ μέν . . , οἱ δέ . . ; dat. pl. also τοῖσι, ταῖσι: the dual has commonly but one gender, τώ for τά, τοῖν for ταῖν.

DEMONSTR. PRONOUN:

joined with a Subst., not as the Art., but like Lat. ille, ὁ Τυδείδης Tydeus's famous son, Il.; Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων Nestor— that aged man, id. Il.; τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, id. Il.

Read the full entry →

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Art-GSF — Article · genitive · singular · feminine
genitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular feminine.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

T-GSF Part of Speech: definite arTicle Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Feminine

English usagewhat the translators’ English meant

Webster's Dictionary (1828), Webster's Unabridged (1913), Webster's Dictionary (1806)

THE, an adjective or definitive adjective.

1. This adjective is used as a definitive, that is, before nouns which are specific or understood; or it is used to limit their signification to a specific thing or things, or to describe them; as the laws of the twelve tables. the independent tribunals of justice in our country, are the security or private rights, and the best bulwark against arbitrary power. the sun is the source of light and heat.

This he calls the preaching of the cross.

2. the is also used rhetorically before a noun in the singular number, to denote a species by way of distinction; a single thing representing the whole. the fig tree putteth forth her green figs; the almond tree shall flourish; the grasshopper shall be a burden.

3. In poetry, the sometimes loses the final vowel before another vowel.

Th' adorning thee with so much art,

Is but a barb'rous skill.

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

64%the

the64% · 13160×<the>28% · 5846×those3% · 597×other renderings4% · 788×other renderings1% · 294×

20,685 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 83 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

subject34%adverbial32%object24%predicate5%indirect object4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 19,783 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

καίand, even, also, nam

αὐτόςεἰμίI am, existἐγώ

ἐν

καίand, even, also,αὐτόςὁArticle the

εἰς

αὐτόςεἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inἔρχομαιI come, go

αὐτός

λέγωI say, speakδέbut, on the otheπρός

εἰμίI am, exist

οὗτοςσύἐγώ

ὁthe19783×

what comes after →

θεόςGod, a god

ὁArticle theκαίand, even, also,ἐγώ

δέbut, on the other ha

λέγωI say, speakἸησοῦςJesusἀποκρίνομαιI answer, reply

ἸησοῦςJesus

λέγωI say, speakκαίand, even, also,ὁArticle the

κύριοςlord, Lord, master,

ἐγώἸησοῦςJesusὁArticle the

πατήρfather, Father, ance

ἐγώσύαὐτός

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceὁ · 19,783× in the New Testament

Matthew Acts Luke John Revelation Mark Romans 1 Corinthians Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

40 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century

Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas

Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. BC 6th c. AD

P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος Νεχούτου.

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

ὀσμῆςosmē fragrance G3744 Noun · genitive · singular · feminine ¶

6× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

about as common in John as anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

Aroma refers to a pleasant smell, like the fragrance of perfume in John 12:3. In a figurative sense, it can also describe the sweet smell of a sacrifice, like in Ephesians 5:2.

Amplified meaning

the aroma, the sweet smell

Tyndale gloss

aroma

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word ὀσμή (i.e., *osmē*) means 'smell' or 'odor' and can refer to both pleasant and unpleasant scents. It appears in the New Testament in contexts related to fragrance, such as in John 12:3 and Ephesians 5:2, and metaphorically in 2 Corinthians 2:14, 16. The word is derived from the older form ὀδμή and has a range that includes both the sense of smell and the quality of scents.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὀσμή, -ῆς, ἡ

(< ὄζω),

[in LXX chiefly for רֵיחַ;]

a smell, odour: Jo 12:3; metaph. (EV, savour), II Co 2:14, 16; of the effect of sacrifice (cf. רֵיחַ הַגִּיחֹחַ, Ge 8:21, al., v.s. εὐωδία), ὀ. εὐωδίας, Eph 5:2, Phl 4:18.†

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὀσμή, -7s, ἡ, (ὄζω [q. v.]), a smell, odor: In. xii. 3; 2 Co. ii. 14; θανάτου (1, Τὶ Tr WH ἐκ θαν.), such an odor as is emitted by death (i. 6. by a deadly, pestiferous thing, a dead body), and itself causes death, 2 Co. ii. 16; ζωῆς (or ἐκ ζωῆς) such as is diffused (or emitted) by life, and itself imparts life, ibid. [A. V. both times savor]; ὀσμὴ εὐωδίας, Eph. v. 2; Phil. iv. 18; see εὐωdia, Ὁ. (Tragg., Thuc., Xen., Plat., al.; in Hom. ὀδμή; Sept. for m7.)

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὀσμή is used of the ‘‘ sense of smell” in P Rein 5410 (iii/iv A.D.) where, with reference to certain consignments of wine, the writer instructs his correspondent—amd ὀσμῆς σὺ αὐτὸς χορ[ήγησον ἢ, ““ἴὰ feras le choix toi-méme d’ aprés ton flair” (Ed.). In P Leid W i* 2 (ii/iti provision is made—tva k(al) χωρὶς τῶν θυμιαμάτων ἣ θυσία ὀσμὴν παρέχῃ : cf. 2 Cor 214, Eph 5", and see Nestle ZNTW iv. p. 272, vii. p. 95f., on a ‘‘sweet smell,”’ as a sign of the presence of deity, also Field WVoses, p. 181f.

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὀσμή (osmē) — aroma.

ὀσμ-ή, ἡ,

Attic dialect form of the older ὀδμή (see. near the end), smell, odour, frequently of foul smells, δεινὴ δὲ θεείου γίγνεται ὀδμή [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πικρὸν ἀποπνείουσαι ἁλὸς.. ὀδμήν, of seals, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὀσμὴν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ (i.e. τοῦ νεκροῦ).. πεφευγότες [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but also of fragrant odours, ὡς καλὴν ὀσμὴν ἔχει [Refs 5th c.BC+]: hence, scent, perfume, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; on ὀ. as affecting the sense,[Refs 4th c.BC+]

II. the sense of smell, ={ὄσφρησις}, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] —The older form ὀδμή (compare ὄδωδα, ὄζ-ω, od-or) is alone used by [Refs 8th c.BC+]; it occurs also in [Refs 4th c.BC+] [same place], and in later Prose, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but ὀσμή is Attic dialect accusative to [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; also…

Read the full entry →

Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὀσμή

osme

from 3605; fragrance (literally or figuratively):--odour, savour.

see GREEK for 3605

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὀσμή, ῆς, ἡ

n.f.

an odor

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὀσμή osmē 6x

smell, odor; fragrant odor, Jn. 12:3; Eph. 5:2; Phil. 4:18; met. 2 Cor. 2:14, 16*

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὀσμή ὀσμή, ἡ, ὀσμή attic form of the older ὀδμη a smell, scent, odour, good or bad, Hom., Aesch.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Noun-GSF — Noun · genitive · singular · feminine
genitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular feminine.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-GSF Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Feminine

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

50%fragrance

fragrance50% · 3×odor33% · 2×aroma17% · 1×

6 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 3 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

object33%predicate33%adverbial17%second object17%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 6 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

ὁArticle the

ἐκκαίand, even, also,

μένDisj

ὅς

δέbut, on the other ha

ὅς

εἰς

θεόςGod, a god

σύ

παρά

ὀσμήfragrance6×

what comes after →

ὁArticle the

μύρονanointing-oil, oγνῶσιςknowledge, doctr

ἐκ

θάνατοςdeathζωήlife

εὐωδίαa sweet smell

θυσίαa sacrifice

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceὀσμή · 6× in the New Testament

2 Corinthians Ephesians John Philippians

Across the New Testament4 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance

ἐκ×εἰς×ὅς×θάνατοςdeath×εὐωδίαa sweet smell×

The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

רֵיחַscent, odour (prop. breath)83%H7381 · 44 verses נִיחֹחַנִיחוֹחַ a quieting, soothing, tranquilizing77%H5207 · 41 verses אִשֶּׁהan offering made by fire52%H801 · 28 verses עֹלָהwhole burnt-offering H5930b עֹלָה ascent, stairway41%H5930 · 22 verses

Counted over the 53 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century

Josephus Philo of Alexandria Ignatius of Antioch The Epistle of Barnabas

Philo of AlexandriaAllegorical Interpretation of Genesis 3.235c. AD 40

νυνὶ δὲ καὶ ὁ τῶν αἰσθήσεων ὄχλος ἐπεισωδίασεν αὐτῇ κηρῶν ἀμήχανον πλῆθος, τοῦτο μὲν ἐκ τῶν ὁρατῶν, τοῦτο δὲ ἐκ τῶν φωνῶν, εἶτα χυλῶν καὶ ἀτμῶν τῶν κατὰ τὴν ὀσμήν·

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 2.297c. AD 75–95

ἥ τε χώρα μεστὴ κακῆς ἦν ἰλύος γεννωμένων τε καὶ ἀποθνησκόντων, τάς τε κατʼ οἶκον αὐτῶν διαίτας ἠφάνιζον ἐν βρωτοῖς εὑρισκόμενοι καὶ ποτοῖς καὶ ταῖς εὐναῖς αὐτῶν ἐπιπολάζοντες, ὀσμή τε χαλεπὴ ἦν καὶ δυσώδης ἀποθνησκόντων τῶν βατράχων καὶ ζώντων καὶ…

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 2.10c. AD 100

ἡμῖν οὖν οὕτως λέγει: Θυσία τῷ κυρίῳ καρδία συντετριμμένη, ὀσμὴ εὐωδίας τῷ κυρίῳ καρδία δοξάζουσα τὸν πεπλακότα αὐτήν.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

3rd c. AD

P. Reinach Gr. 1 54Theadelphia (Arsinoites)AD 258

μοι ὑπὸ Ἰσχυρίωνος τὸ ἥμισυ ἐν μονοχώροις καὶ τὸ ἥμισυ ἐν διχωροις· ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ ὀσμῆς σὺ αὐτὸς χορήγησον ὡς εἰδὼς ὅτι ἐὰν φαῦλα ἐν αὐτοῖς εὑρέθη μοι — ἣ

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

τοῦho of the G3588 Article · genitive · singular · neuter ¶

19,783× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

about as common in John as anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

The Greek word for 'the' or 'this', used to point out a specific person or thing, like in Acts 17:28. It can also mean 'he', 'she', or 'it'.

Tyndale gloss

the/this/who

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The definite article — the commonest word in the Greek New Testament at 19,867 occurrences. Greek uses it more freely than English does and can drop it deliberately, so its presence and its absence both carry weight for a translator; but no single occurrence carries a message of its own. Here it simply gathers “the things” into one definite bundle.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὁ, ἡ, τό,

the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article.

As demonstr. pron.

As freq. in Hom., absol., he (she, it), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus).

Distributive, ὁ μὲν . . . ὁ δέ, the one . . . the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν . . . ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀ . . . ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23.

Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὁ 435 ὁ tives of quantity, ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς, see each in its own place. d. What has been said concerning adjectives holds true also of all other limitations added to substantives, as ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro. ix. 11; ἡ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, Ro. xi. 27; 6 λόγος 6 τοῦ σταυροῦ, 1 Co. i. 18; ἡ εἰς Χριστὸν πίστις, Col. ii. 5; on the other hand, ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 1 Th. i. 8; τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους, 2 Co. viii. 4; see many other exx. of each usage in W. 131 (124) sqq.; [B. 91 (80) sqq.]. e. The noun has the article before it when a demonstrative pronoun (υὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging to it either precedes or follows [W. § 18, 4; B. § 127, 29-31]; as, ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, Jn. ix. 24 [οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρ. 1, Tr mrg. WH); Acts vi. 13; xxii. 26; ὁ λαὸς οὗτος, Mt. xv. 8; 6 vids σου οὗτος, Lk. xv. 30; plur. Lk. xxiv. 17, and numberless other exx.; οὗτος 6 ἄνθρωπος, Lk. xiv. 30; οὗτος ὁ…

Read the full entry →

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὃ, ἡ τό. (1) Apart from connexion with μέν or δέ (see below) the demonstrative use of the art. in the NT is confined to a poetical quotation Ac 1778, but it is not uncommon in the papyri, e.g. P Par 45® (B.C. 153) (= Witkowski®, p. 85) τὰ (for ἃ) πράσεις (Δ πράσσεις), P Oxy VIII. 1160! (iii/iv A.D.) Ta (for ἃ) σεσύλληχα (for συνείληχα) δὲ κέρμα {ταν τηρῶ αὐτὰ εἰς τὴν δίκην, “1 am keeping for the trial the money that I have collected” (Ed.). For the distributive Opéev.. - 6 8€, as in 1 Cor7’, cf. P Lond 535 (B.c. 161) (=I. p. 19, U.P.Z. i. p. 239) kal τὰ μὲν ἡμῶν ἐληφότων εἰς τὴν γινομένην ἡμῖν συντάξειν, τὰ δ᾽ ἔτι διὰ τὴν τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων {(.. ... > παρελκομένων. (2) The use of the art. as a relative, of which there is no trace in the NT, may again be illustrated by the following papyrus citations from ¢c. A.D. 346—P Lond 414® (= II. Ῥ. 292) γεινῴσκιν oe θέλω περὶ τοῦ βρεουίου…

Read the full entry →

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὁ (ho) — the/this/who.

ὁ,

ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

__A demonstrative Pronoun.

__B in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article.

__C in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive…

Read the full entry →

Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὁ ἡ τό

ho

he hay, and the neuter

to to

in all their inflections; the definite article; the (sometimes to be

supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one,

he, she, it, etc.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὁ, ἡ, τό

Article

the

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὁ ho 19x

the prepositive article, answering, to a considerable extent, to the English definite article; but, for the principle and facts of its usage, consult a grammar; ὁ μὲν ... ὁ δέ, the one ... the other, Phil. 1:16, 17; Heb. 7:5, 6, 20, 21, 23, 24; pl. some ... others, Mt. 13:23; 22:5, 6; ὁ δέ, but he, Mt. 4:4; 12:48; οἱ δέ, but others, Mt. 28:17; used, in a poetic quotation, for a personal pronoun, Acts 17:28

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὁ the, that

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is

demonstr. Pronoun.

the definite Article.

in epic, the relative Pronoun, when it is written with the accent ὅ, ἥ, τό ῀ ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. Besides the common forms, note epic gen. sg. τοῖο for τοῦ; pl. nom. τοί, ταί; gen. fem. τάων [α^], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι; dual gen, and dat. τοῖιν:— in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν . . , τοὶ δέ . . , for οἱ μέν . . , οἱ δέ . . ; dat. pl. also τοῖσι, ταῖσι: the dual has commonly but one gender, τώ for τά, τοῖν for ταῖν.

DEMONSTR. PRONOUN:

joined with a Subst., not as the Art., but like Lat. ille, ὁ Τυδείδης Tydeus's famous son, Il.; Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων Nestor— that aged man, id. Il.; τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, id. Il.

Read the full entry →

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Art-GSN — Article · genitive · singular · neuter
genitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

T-GSN Part of Speech: definite arTicle Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

Bible dictionarieson the English sense

International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

ov:

(1) In Anglo-Saxon, had the meaning "from," "away from" (as the strengthened form "off" has still), and was not used for genitive or possessive relations, these being expressed by special case-forms. In the Norman period, however, "of" was taken to represent the French de (a use well developed by the time of Chaucer), and in the Elizabethan period both senses of "of" were in common use. But after about 1600 the later force of the word became predominant, and in the earlier sense (which is now practically obsolete) it was replaced by other prepositions. In consequence the King James Version (and in some cases the Revised Version (British and American)) contains many uses of "of" that are no longer familiar--most of them, to be sure, causing no difficulty, but there still being a few responsible for real obscurities.

English usagewhat the translators’ English meant

Webster's Dictionary (1828), Webster's Unabridged (1913), Webster's Dictionary (1806)

OF, preposition ov. [Gr.]

1. From or out of; proceeding from, as the cause, source, means, author or agent bestowing.

I have received of the Lord that which also I delivered to you. 1 Corinthians 11:1.

For it was of the Lord to harden their hearts. Joshua 11:1.

It is of the Lord's mercies that we are not consumed.

Lamentations 3:1.

The whole disposing thereof is of the Lord. Proverbs 16:1.

Go, inquire of the Lord for me. 2 Chronicles 34:2.

That holy thing that shall be born of thee. Luke 1:1.

Hence of is the sign of the genitive case, the case that denotes production; as the son of man, the son proceeding from man, produced from man. This is the primary sense, although we now say, produced by man. 'Part of these were slain; ' that is, a number separate, for part denotes a division; the sense then is, a number from or out of the whole were slain. So also, 'some of these were slain; ' that is…

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

64%the

the64% · 13160×<the>28% · 5846×those3% · 597×other renderings4% · 788×other renderings1% · 294×

20,685 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 83 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

subject34%adverbial32%object24%predicate5%indirect object4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 19,783 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

καίand, even, also, nam

αὐτόςεἰμίI am, existἐγώ

ἐν

καίand, even, also,αὐτόςὁArticle the

εἰς

αὐτόςεἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inἔρχομαιI come, go

αὐτός

λέγωI say, speakδέbut, on the otheπρός

εἰμίI am, exist

οὗτοςσύἐγώ

ὁof the19783×

what comes after →

θεόςGod, a god

ὁArticle theκαίand, even, also,ἐγώ

δέbut, on the other ha

λέγωI say, speakἸησοῦςJesusἀποκρίνομαιI answer, reply

ἸησοῦςJesus

λέγωI say, speakκαίand, even, also,ὁArticle the

κύριοςlord, Lord, master,

ἐγώἸησοῦςJesusὁArticle the

πατήρfather, Father, ance

ἐγώσύαὐτός

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceὁ · 19,783× in the New Testament

Matthew Acts Luke John Revelation Mark Romans 1 Corinthians Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

40 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century

Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas

Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. BC 6th c. AD

P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος Νεχούτου.

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

“<the> Therefore Mary having taken a litra of fragrant oil of nard pure of great price anointed the feet <the> of Jesus and wiped with the hair of her the feet of Him; the now house was filled with the fragrance of the oil.”

μύρου.muron oil. G3464 Noun · genitive · singular · neuter ¶

14× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×

commoner in John than anywhere else in the New Testament

In plain English

Meaning

Myron refers to perfumed oil or ointment, like the kind used in Matthew 26:7 and John 12:3. It's a fragrant oil used for special occasions. This oil is highly valued.

Amplified meaning

the ointment, the anointing oil

Tyndale gloss

ointment

Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers

Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word μύρον (lemma: muron) refers to ointment or perfumed oil, often derived from plants. It appears in the New Testament in contexts of anointing and is associated with luxury and grace. The entries suggest it may be distinguished from ἔλαιον (oil) in usage, with μύρον often implying a more refined or scented product.

Trench, Synonyms of the New Testament — ἔλαιον, μύρον, ἀλείφω from a scan

Some have denied that the O. T. knows of any distinction between ‘oil’ and ‘ointment;’ and this on the very insufficient grounds that the Septuagint renders }2W sometimes by μύρον (Prov. xxvii. 9; Cant. i.3; Isai. xxxix. 2; Am. vi. 6); though more frequently, indeed times out of number, by ἔλαιον. But how often in a single word of one language are latent two of another; especially when that other abounds, as does Greek compared with Hebrew, in finer distinctions, in a more subtle notation of meanings ; παροιμία and παραβολή furnish a well-known example of this, both lying in the Hebrew Syn ; and this duplicity of meaning it is the part of a well-skilled translator to evoke. Nay the thing itself, the μύρον (=‘ unguentum’), so naturally grew out of the ἔλαιον (=‘oleum’), having oil for its base, with only the addition of spice or scent or other aromatic ingredients,—Clement of Alexandria…

Read the full entry →

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

μύρον, -ου, τό,

[in LXX chiefly for שֶׁמֶן, Pr 27:9, Ps 132 (133):2, al.;]

ointment: Mt 26:7, 12, Mk 14:3-5, Lk 7:37, 38, 46 23:56, Jo 11:2 12:3, 5, Re 18:13.†

SYN.: ἔλαιον, q.v.

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

μύρον, -ov, τό, (the grammarians derive it fr. μύρω to flow, accordingly a flowing juice, trickling sap; but prob. more correct to regard it as an oriental word akin to μύρρα, Hebr. 19, 19; [Fick (i. 836) connects it with τ. smar ‘to smear’, with which Vaniéek 1198 sq. associates σμύρνα, μύρτος, ete.; οἵ. Curtius p. 7147}, ointment: Mt. xxvi. 7, 9 Rec., 12; Mk. xiv. 3-5; Lk. vii. 37 sq.; xxiii. Mucia 56; Jn. xi. 2; xii. 3,5; Rev. xviii. 13; distinguished fr. ἔλαιον [q. v. and see Trench, Syn. § xxxviii.], Lk. vii. 46. ({From Aeschyl., Hdt. down]; Sept. for ;2u fat, oil, Prov. xxvii. 9; for 210 059), Ps. CXXxii. (Cxxxiii.) 2.)

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

μύρον. For this Semitic loan word (cf. Lewy Avemdworter, pp. 42, 44) we may cite a private account of c. A.D. 1, P Oxy IV. 73613 μύρου εἰς ἀποστολὴν ταφῆς θυγατρὸς Φνᾶς (τετρώβολον), ““Ῥεγβιπιε for the dispatch of the mummy of the daughter of Phna 4 ob.” (Edd.), and the medical prescription πρόσμιξον μέλι Kal ῥόδινον, ‘dilute some gum with balsam of lilies, and add honey and rose-extract” (Edd.). In P Giss I. 931} μύρον αὐλητήν, the editor suggests that μύρον ought perhaps to be written as a proper name—Mipov: cf. the name ᾿Αβρότονον (properly = ‘‘southernwood”) in Menander’s plays. In P Ryl II. 420 (ii/a.p.) we hear of an ἀρτοκόπος, a μυροπώλης, and an ἠπητής (“cobbler”): for the adj. see P Fay 935 (A.D. 161) βούλομαι μισθώσασθαι παρὰ σοῦ τὴν μυροπωλαικὴν καὶ ἀροματικὴν ἐργασίαν, “1 wish to lease from you your business of perfume-selling and unguent-making ”’ (Edd.). We may add that in…

Read the full entry →

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

μύρον (muron) — ointment.

μύρον [ῠ], τό,

sweet oil, unguent, perfume, [Refs 7th c.BC+]; mixed with wine, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; various kinds in [Refs 1st c.AD+]; μ. Μενδήσιον, ἠθητόν, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] sweet oil on lentils, i.e. 'a jewel of gold in a swine's snout', [Refs 5th c.BC+]

2. place where unguents were sold, perfume-market, τὰ μειράκια.. τἀν τῷ μ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]

3. metaphorically, anything graceful or charming, [Refs]

Strong's Greek Dictionary

μύρον

muron

probably of foreign origin (compare 4753, 4666); "myrrh", i.e. (by

implication) perfumed oil:--ointment.

see HEBREW for 04753

see GREEK for 04666

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

μύρον, ου, τό

n.n.

anointing-oil, ointment

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

μύρον myron 14x

pr. aromatic juice which distills from trees; ointment, unguent, usually perfumed, Mt. 26:7, 12; Mk. 14:3, 4

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

μύρον μύ^ρον, ου, τό, sweet juice extracted form plants, sweet-oil, unguent, balsam, Hdt., etc.

a place where unguents were sold, the perfume-market, Ar.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code

Berean parsing

Noun-GSN — Noun · genitive · singular · neuter
genitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.

Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-GSN Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

Bible dictionarieson the English sense

International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

oil (shemen; elaion):

1. Terms

2. Production and Storage

3. Uses

(1) As a Commodity of Exchange

(2) As a Cosmetic

(3) As a Medicine

(4) As a Food

(5) As an Illuminant

(6) In Religious Rites

(a) Consecration

(b) Offerings

(c) Burials

4. Figurative Uses

Shemen, literally, "fat," corresponds to the common Arabic senin of similar meaning, although now applied to boiled butter fat.

1. Terms:

Another Hebrew word, zayith (zeth), "olive," occurs with shemen in several passages (Ex 27:20; 30:24; Le 24:2). The corresponding Arabic zeit, a contraction of zeitun, which is the name for the olive tree as well as the fruit, is now applied to oils in general, to distinguish them from solid fats. Zeit usually means olive oil, unless some qualifying name indicates another oil. A corresponding use was made of…

Easton's Bible Dictionary

Oil

Only olive oil seems to have been used among the Hebrews. It was used for many purposes: for anointing the body or the hair (Ex. 29:7; 2 Sam. 14:2; Ps. 23:5; 92:10; 104:15; Luke 7:46); in some of the offerings (Ex. 29:40; Lev. 7:12; Num. 6:15; 15:4), but was excluded from the sin-offering (Lev. 5:11) and the jealousy-offering (Num. 5:15); for burning in lamps (

Smith's Bible Dictionary

Of the numerous substances, animal and vegetable, which were known to the ancients as yielding oil, the olive berry is the one of which most frequent mention is made in the Scriptures. Gathering , --The olive berry was either gathered by hand or shaken off carefully with a light reed or stick. Pressing . --In order to make oil the fruit, was either bruised in a mortar crushed in a press loaded with wood or stones, ground in a mill, or trodden with the feet. The "beaten" oil of (Exodus 27:20; 29:40; Leviticus 24:2; Numbers 28:6) was probably made by bruising in a mortar, It was used-- (1) As food. Dried wheat, boiled with either butter or oil, but generally the former, is a common dish for all classes in Syria. (

American Tract Society Bible Dictionary

Was employed from the earliest periods in the east, not only for the purpose of consecration, but to anoint the head, the beard, and the whole person in daily life, Ge 28:18. See ANOINTING. It was also universally used for food, Eze 16:13. Fresh and sweet olive oil was greatly preferred to butter and animal fat as a seasoning for food, and to this day in Syria almost every kind of food is cooked with oil. It had a place also among the meat-offerings in the temple, being usually mixed with the meal of the oblation, Le 5:11 6:21. For lamps, also, pure olive oil was regarded as the best, and was used in illuminating the tabernacle. These many uses for oil made the culture of the olive-tree an extensive and lucrative business,

Into Englishhow translators actually render it

80%fragrant oil

fragrant oil80% · 12×myrrh7% · 1×anointing oils7% · 1×oil7% · 1×

15 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 4 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank

object50%adverbial29%subject21%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 14 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament

← what comes before

ὁArticle the

οὗτοςἀλείφωI anointὀσμήan odor

ἀλάβαστροςan alabaster phial o

ἔχωI have, hold, poκομίζωI bring, receive

καίand, even, also, nam

ἄρωμαspice, perfumeθυμίαμαincense

δέbut, on the other ha

οὗτος

κύριοςlord, Lord, master,

ὁArticle the

μύρονoil.14×

what comes after →

καίand, even, also, nam

ὁArticle theἐκμάσσωI wipe, wipe offλίβανοςincense

νάρδοςspikenard, a perfume

πιστικόςgenuine, pure

βαρύτιμοςof great price

καίand, even, also,

οὗτος

ἐπί

γίνομαιI come into being, a

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceμύρον · 14× in the New Testament

John Luke Mark Matthew Revelation

Across the New Testament5 of 27 books

MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev

The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance

οὗτος×ἀλείφωI anoint×ἀλάβαστροςan alabaster phial or bottle×γυνήa woman, wife, my lady×ἔχωI have, hold, possess×νάρδοςspikenard, a perfume×πιστικόςgenuine, pure×πιπράσκωI sell×

The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

שֶׁ֫מֶןfat, oil55%H8081 · 5 verses

Counted over the 9 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century

Josephus Ignatius of Antioch Philo of Alexandria

Philo of AlexandriaWho is the Heir of Divine Things 196c. AD 40

„λάβε σεαυτῷ ἡδύσματα, στακτήν, ὄνυχα καὶ χαλβάνην ἡδυσμοῦ καὶ λίβανον διαφανῆ, ἴσον ἴσῳ, καὶ ποιήσουσιν αὐτὸ θυμίαμα μύρον, μυρεψοῦ ἔργον συνθέσεως καθαρᾶς, ἔργον ἅγιον“ (Exod.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 2.118c. AD 75–95

πεισθεὶς Ἰάκωβος παρεδίδου τὸν Βενιαμὶν καὶ τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ σίτου διπλασίονα τῶν τε παρὰ τοῖς Χαναναίοις γεννωμένων τό τε τῆς βαλάνου μύρον καὶ στακτὴν τερέβινθόν τε καὶ μέλι δωρεὰς Ἰωσήπῳ κομίζειν.

Ignatius of AntiochThe Letters of Ignatius 1.17.1c. AD 110

Διὰ τοῦτο μύρον ἔλαβεν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ ὁ κύριος, ἵνα πνέῃ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἀφθαρσίαν, μὴ ἀλείφεσθε δυσωδίαν τῆς διδασκαλίας τοῦ ἄρχοντος τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου, μὴ αἰχμαλωτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ προκειμένου ζῆν.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical

2nd c. AD 3rd c. BC 2nd c. BC 1st c. AD 6th c. AD

P.Mich. 8 465Bostra (Arabia)AD 108

διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τῆς ὁδοῦ. ὧδε γὰρ ἱμάτια καλὰ καὶ ἔβενος καὶ πινάρια καὶ μύρα ἀνάγεται εὐπόρως. διὸ ἐρωτῶ σε τὴν κυρίαν μου … … χως καὶ ἱλαρῶς εὐφραίνεσθαι.

P.Giss. 1 93Apollonopolites HeptakomiasAD 113–AD 120

πρων γάλον διὰ … φαλος κάνδυλος … μα … ιαν σων ις … μύρον αὐλητήν

P. Fay. 331 Vo descr.Theadelphia (Arsinoites)AD 125–AD 126

ὑγροῦ λίτρον ξηρᾶς ὀβολ ιϛ ἀλιχευτρίδος σιλελια ἀποσφηνομα … βίβλους ὀβολ β ἰρια ξηρομύρου μύρου Κοπρῆτος ὀστοινα

BSB	Then Mary took about a pint of expensive perfume, made of pure nard, and she anointed Jesus’ feet and wiped them with her hair. And the house was filled with the fragrance of the perfume.
KJV	Then took Mary a pound of ointment of spikenard, very costly, and anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped his feet with her hair: and the house was filled with the odour of the ointment.
ASV	Mary therefore took a pound of ointment of pure nard, very precious, and anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped his feet with her hair: and the house was filled with the odor of the ointment.
YLT	Mary, therefore, having taken a pound of ointment of spikenard, of great price, anointed the feet of Jesus and did wipe with her hair his feet, and the house was filled from the fragrance of the ointment.
WEB	Therefore Mary took a pound of ointment of pure nard, very precious, and anointed Jesus’ feet and wiped his feet with her hair. The house was filled with the fragrance of the ointment.
BBE	Then Mary, taking a pound of perfumed oil of great value, put it on the feet of Jesus and made them dry with her hair: and the house became full of the smell of the perfume.

John 12:3 — Word Study

Cite / Share This Page

Deep Study — John 12:3

Context — The Anointing at Bethanygenerated

Cross References

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge — 10 references, hung on the phrase they belong to

Nave’s Topical Bible — the subjects this verse is filed under

The Key Word — νάρδου, nardosgenerated

How Translations Differ — measured against the Berean Standard Biblegenerated

Sentence Structuregenerated

Septuagint Backgroundgenerated

In plain words — the whole versegenerated

Frequently Asked Questionsgenerated

Reflection Questionsgenerated

The early church on this verse — how the Fathers read it

Commentators on this verse — 8 expositors, verse by verse

The verse in English, compared — 16 translations, and where they part company

Modern formal

Tyndale line

Strictly literal

From the Latin

Simplified

Word by word, the decisions they made

The sentence as the grammar sees it — from the Nestle 1904 treebank

The earliest translations — Latin and Syriac

The Greek editions compared — what the manuscripts actually say

Word by word, across the editions

Apparatus — SBL Greek New Testament, CC BY 4.0

The map of this verse — what each word keeps company with

Lexicons — every word in John 12:3

← what comes before

what comes after →

← what comes before

what comes after →

← what comes before

what comes after →

← what comes before

what comes after →

← what comes before

what comes after →

← what comes before

what comes after →

← what comes before

what comes after →

← what comes before

what comes after →

← what comes before

what comes after →

← what comes before

what comes after →

← what comes before

what comes after →

← what comes before

what comes after →

← what comes before

what comes after →

← what comes before

what comes after →

← what comes before

what comes after →

← what comes before

what comes after →

← what comes before

what comes after →

← what comes before

what comes after →

← what comes before

what comes after →

← what comes before

what comes after →

← what comes before

what comes after →

← what comes before

what comes after →

← what comes before

what comes after →

← what comes before

what comes after →

← what comes before

what comes after →